B01010301mahākhandhako(大部經)c3.5s

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Vinayapiṭake

Mahāvaggapāḷi

1. Mahākhandhako

2. Bodhikathā

1.[udā. 1 ādayo] Tena samayena buddho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho bhagavā bodhirukkhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī [vimuttisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedī (ka.)]. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – 『『avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti – evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. 『『Avijjāyatveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho , upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti – evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

『『Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā;

Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;

Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā;

Yato pajānāti sahetudhamma』』nti.

2.[udā. 2] Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – 『『avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī…pe… nirodho hotī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

『『Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā;

Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;

Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā;

Yato khayaṃ paccayānaṃ avedī』』ti.

3.[udā. 3] Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – 『『avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti…pe… nirodho hotī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

『『Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā;

Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;

Vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ;

Sūriyova [suriyova (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] obhāsayamantalikkha』』nti.

Bodhikathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Ajapālakathā

4.[udā. 4] Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ajapālanigrodhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Atha kho aññataro huṃhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo hoti, katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā [brāhmaṇakārakā (ka.) brāhmaṇakarāṇā (?)] dhammā』』ti? Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

[netti. 103] Yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo;

Nihuṃhuṅko nikkasāvo yatatto;

Vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo;

Dhammena so brahmavādaṃ vadeyya;

Yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke』』ti.

Ajapālakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Mucalindakathā

禮敬世尊、阿羅漢、正等正覺者 律藏 大品 大篇 菩提樹故事 那時,佛世尊住在烏魯維拉(現在的菩提伽耶)尼連禪河岸邊的菩提樹下,剛剛證得無上正等正覺。當時,世尊在菩提樹下以一坐姿坐了七天,體驗解脫之樂。然後,世尊在夜晚的第一個時分,以順逆兩種方式思維緣起法:"無明緣行,行緣識,識緣名色,名色緣六入,六入緣觸,觸緣受,受緣愛,愛緣取,取緣有,有緣生,生緣老死、憂悲苦惱。如是這整個苦蘊的集起。無明的無餘離滅則行滅,行滅則識滅,識滅則名色滅,名色滅則六入滅,六入滅則觸滅,觸滅則受滅,受滅則愛滅,愛滅則取滅,取滅則有滅,有滅則生滅,生滅則老死、憂悲苦惱滅。如是這整個苦蘊的滅盡。" 於是,世尊了知此義,當時自說此偈: "當諸法顯現, 于精進禪修的婆羅門, 他的一切疑惑消除, 因為他了知諸法及其因。" 然後,世尊在夜晚的中分,以順逆兩種方式思維緣起法:"無明緣行,行緣識,識緣名色...如是這整個苦蘊的集起...滅盡。" 於是,世尊了知此義,當時自說此偈: "當諸法顯現, 于精進禪修的婆羅門, 他的一切疑惑消除, 因為他了知諸緣的滅盡。" 然後,世尊在夜晚的後分,以順逆兩種方式思維緣起法:"無明緣行,行緣識,識緣名色...如是這整個苦蘊的集起...滅盡。" 於是,世尊了知此義,當時自說此偈: "當諸法顯現, 于精進禪修的婆羅門, 他擊敗魔軍而立, 如太陽照耀虛空。" 菩提樹故事結束。 阿阇波羅尼拘律樹故事 然後,世尊七天過後,從那三昧出定,從菩提樹下往阿阇波羅尼拘律樹走去。到達后,在阿阇波羅尼拘律樹下以一坐姿坐了七天,體驗解脫之樂。當時,有一位傲慢的婆羅門走向世尊。走近后,與世尊互相問候。寒暄問候后,站在一旁。站在一旁的那位婆羅門對世尊說:"喬達摩先生,怎樣才算是婆羅門?什麼是成為婆羅門的法?"於是,世尊了知此義,當時自說此偈: "婆羅門是已除惡法者, 無傲慢、無垢穢、自製, 通達吠陀、梵行已立, 他可如法稱為婆羅門, 於世間任何處無驕慢。" 阿阇波羅尼拘律樹故事結束。 目真鄰陀龍王故事

5.[udā. 11] Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā ajapālanigrodhamūlā yena mucalindo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā mucalindamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho udapādi, sattāhavaddalikā sītavātaduddinī. Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsi – 『『mā bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ uṇhaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphasso』』ti […siriṃ sapa… (sī. syā. kaṃ.)]. Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sattāhassa accayena viddhaṃ vigatavalāhakaṃ devaṃ viditvā bhagavato kāyā bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi pañjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

[kathā. 338 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi]『『Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa, sutadhammassa passato;

Abyāpajjaṃ sukhaṃ loke, pāṇabhūtesu saṃyamo.

[kathā. 338 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi]『『Sukhā virāgatā loke, kāmānaṃ samatikkamo;

Asmimānassa yo vinayo, etaṃ ve paramaṃ sukha』』nti.

Mucalindakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Rājāyatanakathā

2. Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā mucalindamūlā yena rājāyatanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājāyatanamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Tena kho pana samayena tapussa [tapassu (sī.)] bhallikā vāṇijā ukkalā taṃ desaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Atha kho tapussabhallikānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ ñātisālohitā devatā tapussabhallike vāṇije etadavoca – 『『ayaṃ, mārisā, bhagavā rājāyatanamūle viharati paṭhamābhisambuddho; gacchatha taṃ bhagavantaṃ manthena ca madhupiṇḍikāya ca patimānetha; taṃ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā』』ti. Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『paṭiggaṇhātu no, bhante, bhagavā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『na kho tathāgatā hatthesu paṭiggaṇhanti. Kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṭiggaṇheyyaṃ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā』』ti? Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya catuddisā cattāro selamaye patte bhagavato upanāmesuṃ – 『『idha, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā』』ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā paccagghe selamaye patte manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, paṭiggahetvā paribhuñji. Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ (onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ) [( ) sī. syā. potthakesu natthi] etadavocuṃ – 『『ete mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate』』ti. Te ca loke paṭhamaṃ upāsakā ahesuṃ dvevācikā.

Rājāyatanakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Brahmayācanakathā

7.[ayaṃ brahmayācanakathā dī. ni. 2.64 ādayo; ma. ni. 1.281 ādayo; ma. ni. 2.336 ādayo; saṃ. ni.

然後,世尊七天過後,從那三昧出定,從阿阇波羅尼拘律樹下往目真鄰陀走去。到達后,在目真鄰陀樹下以一坐姿坐了七天,體驗解脫之樂。當時,一場大非時雨降下,連續七天陰雨寒風。於是,目真鄰陀龍王從自己的住處出來,以身體七圈盤繞世尊,在頭頂上張開大蛇頭,站立著:"愿世尊不受寒,愿世尊不受熱,愿世尊不受虻、蚊、風、日、爬蟲的接觸。"然後,七天過後,目真鄰陀龍王看到天空晴朗無雲,就從世尊身上鬆開盤繞,收回自己的形態,化現成年輕人的形象,站在世尊面前,合掌禮敬世尊。於是,世尊了知此義,當時自說此偈: "獨處樂,知足者, 見法者; 無害樂,世間中, 對眾生自制。 離貪樂,世間中, 超越諸欲; 調伏我慢者, 此實最上樂。" 目真鄰陀龍王故事結束。 王樹故事 然後,世尊七天過後,從那三昧出定,從目真鄰陀樹下往王樹走去。到達后,在王樹下以一坐姿坐了七天,體驗解脫之樂。當時,有兩位商人塔普薩和跋利迦從郁伽羅地方經過那裡。這時,塔普薩和跋利迦商人的親戚神靈對塔普薩和跋利迦商人說:"尊者們,這位世尊正住在王樹下,剛剛證得無上正等正覺;你們去以麥餅和蜜團供養那位世尊;這將為你們帶來長久的利益和快樂。"於是,塔普薩和跋利迦商人帶著麥餅和蜜團走向世尊。走近后,向世尊禮拜,然後站在一旁。站在一旁的塔普薩和跋利迦商人對世尊說:"尊者,請世尊接受我們的麥餅和蜜團,這將為我們帶來長久的利益和快樂。"這時,世尊心想:"如來不用手接受。我應該用什麼來接受麥餅和蜜團呢?"於是,四大天王知道世尊心中的想法,從四方各獻上一個石缽給世尊:"尊者,請世尊在這裡接受麥餅和蜜團。"世尊接受了新的石缽中的麥餅和蜜團,接受后就食用了。然後,塔普薩和跋利迦商人看到世尊手中的缽已空,就以頭面禮世尊足,對世尊說:"尊者,我們歸依世尊和法,請世尊接受我們為優婆塞,從今天起終生歸依。"他們成為世界上最早的二語歸依者優婆塞。 王樹故事結束。 梵天請法故事 [這個梵天請法故事在長部、中部、相應部等處也有]

1.172 ādayo] Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rājāyatanamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ajapālanigrodhamūle viharati. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – 『『adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaaccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā』』ti. Apissu bhagavantaṃ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –

『『Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;

Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.

『『Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;

Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā [āvaṭā (sī.)]』』ti.

Itiha bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhammadesanāya.

然後,世尊七天過後,從那三昧出定,從王樹下往阿阇波羅尼拘律樹走去。那時,世尊住在阿阇波羅尼拘律樹下。這時,世尊獨處靜坐時,心中生起這樣的想法:"我所證得的這法,甚深、難見、難悟,寂靜、微妙、超越尋思、深奧、智者所能體驗。然而這些眾生樂著執著,喜歡執著,歡喜執著。對於樂著執著、喜歡執著、歡喜執著的眾生來說,這個道理是難見的,即是此緣性、緣起;這個道理更是極難見的,即是一切行的止息、一切依的舍離、愛盡、離欲、滅、涅槃。如果我說法,而他人不能瞭解,那隻會使我疲勞,那隻會使我煩惱。"這時,世尊心中浮現了這些從未聽聞過的不可思議偈頌: "我所證得甚艱難,現在不宜為人說, 為貪嗔所纏之人,此法難以善了知。 逆流而上微妙法,甚深難見極微細, 貪慾所染不能見,為黑暗團所籠罩。" 如是世尊思惟時,心傾向於無為,不欲說法。

1. Atha kho brahmuno sahampatissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi – 『『nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati [namissati (?)], no dhammadesanāyā』』ti. Atha kho brahmā sahampati – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya evameva – brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti , bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro』』ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –

『『Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe;

Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;

Apāpuretaṃ [avāpuretaṃ (sī.)] amatassa dvāraṃ;

Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.

『『Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito;

Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;

Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha;

Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;

Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko;

Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.

『『Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma;

Satthavāha aṇaṇa [anaṇa (ka.)] vicara loke;

Desassu [desetu (ka.)] bhagavā dhammaṃ;

Aññātāro bhavissantī』』ti.

[[ ] sī. syā. potthakesu natthi, mūlapaṇṇāsakesu pāsarāsisutthe brahmayācanā sakiṃ yeva āgatā] [ Evaṃ vutte bhagavā brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ etadavoca – 『『mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi – 『adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā』ti. Apissu maṃ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –

『Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;

Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.

『Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;

Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā』ti.

Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāyā』』ti.

Dutiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ; santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro』』ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –

『『Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe;

Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;

Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ;

Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.

『『Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito;

Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;

Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha;

Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;

Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko;

Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.

『『Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma;

Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;

Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ;

Aññātāro bhavissantī』』ti.

這時,大梵天王知道世尊心中的想法,心想:"世界真是要滅亡了,世界真是要毀滅了,如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者的心傾向於無為,不欲說法。"於是大梵天王 - 就像一個強壯的人伸展彎曲的手臂或彎曲伸展的手臂一樣 - 在梵天界消失,出現在世尊面前。然後,大梵天王整理上衣於一肩,右膝著地,向世尊合掌,對世尊說:"請世尊說法,請善逝說法。有些眾生塵垢較少,由於不聞法而退失,他們將能了知法。"大梵天王說了這些,又說了以下內容: "從前在摩揭陀出現, 不凈法為染者所思, 請開啟不死之門, 讓他們聽無垢覺悟法。 如立於山頂石上, 四面觀望眾生; 智者亦復如是, 登上法所成高樓, 普眼者請觀察, 離愁眾生陷愁苦, 為生老所壓迫。 請起身英雄戰勝者, 無債商主遊行世間, 請世尊說法, 將有能了知者。" [這段在錫蘭版和暹羅版的經文中沒有,在中部的《牧牛者大經》中梵天請法只出現一次] [世尊對大梵天王如是說:"梵天,我也曾這樣想:'我所證得的這法,甚深、難見、難悟,寂靜、微妙、超越尋思、深奧、智者所能體驗。然而這些眾生樂著執著,喜歡執著,歡喜執著。對於樂著執著、喜歡執著、歡喜執著的眾生來說,這個道理是難見的,即是此緣性、緣起;這個道理更是極難見的,即是一切行的止息、一切依的舍離、愛盡、離欲、滅、涅槃。如果我說法,而他人不能瞭解,那隻會使我疲勞,那隻會使我煩惱。'梵天,我心中還浮現了這些從未聽聞過的不可思議偈頌: '我所證得甚艱難,現在不宜為人說, 為貪嗔所纏之人,此法難以善了知。 逆流而上微妙法,甚深難見極微細, 貪慾所染不能見,為黑暗團所籠罩。' 梵天,如是我思惟時,心傾向於無為,不欲說法。"] 大梵天王第二次對世尊說:"請世尊說法,請善逝說法;有些眾生塵垢較少,由於不聞法而退失,他們將能了知法。"大梵天王說了這些,又說了以下內容: "從前在摩揭陀出現, 不凈法為染者所思, 請開啟不死之門, 讓他們聽無垢覺悟法。 如立於山頂石上, 四面觀望眾生; 智者亦復如是, 登上法所成高樓, 普眼者請觀察, 離愁眾生陷愁苦, 為生老所壓迫。 請起身英雄戰勝者, 無債商主遊行世間, 請世尊說法, 將有能了知者。"

Dutiyampi kho bhagavā brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ etadavoca – 『『mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi – 『adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā』ti. Apissu maṃ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –

『Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;

Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.

『Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;

Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā』ti.

Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhammadesanāyā』』ti.

Tatiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro』』ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –

『『Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe;

Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;

Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ;

Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.

『『Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito;

Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;

Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha;

Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;

Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko;

Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.

『『Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma;

Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;

Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ;

Aññātāro bhavissantī』』ti.

1. Atha kho bhagavā brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi. Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine [dassāvino (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni , appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakaṃ accuggamma ṭhitāni [tiṭṭhanti (sī. syā.)] anupalittāni udakena, evamevaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante; disvāna brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi –

『『Apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā;

Ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ;

Vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsiṃ;

Dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme』』ti.

Atha kho brahmā sahampati 『『katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā』』ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.

Brahmayācanakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Pañcavaggiyakathā

10.[ma. ni. 1.284 ādayo; ma. ni.

世尊第二次對大梵天王如是說:"梵天,我也曾這樣想:'我所證得的這法,甚深、難見、難悟,寂靜、微妙、超越尋思、深奧、智者所能體驗。然而這些眾生樂著執著,喜歡執著,歡喜執著。對於樂著執著、喜歡執著、歡喜執著的眾生來說,這個道理是難見的,即是此緣性、緣起;這個道理更是極難見的,即是一切行的止息、一切依的舍離、愛盡、離欲、滅、涅槃。如果我說法,而他人不能瞭解,那隻會使我疲勞,那隻會使我煩惱。'梵天,我心中還浮現了這些從未聽聞過的不可思議偈頌: '我所證得甚艱難,現在不宜為人說, 為貪嗔所纏之人,此法難以善了知。 逆流而上微妙法,甚深難見極微細, 貪慾所染不能見,為黑暗團所籠罩。' 梵天,如是我思惟時,心傾向於無為,不欲說法。" 大梵天王第三次對世尊說:"請世尊說法,請善逝說法。有些眾生塵垢較少,由於不聞法而退失,他們將能了知法。"大梵天王說了這些,又說了以下內容: "從前在摩揭陀出現, 不凈法為染者所思, 請開啟不死之門, 讓他們聽無垢覺悟法。 如立於山頂石上, 四面觀望眾生; 智者亦復如是, 登上法所成高樓, 普眼者請觀察, 離愁眾生陷愁苦, 為生老所壓迫。 請起身英雄戰勝者, 無債商主游世間, 請世尊說法, 將有能了知者。" 於是,世尊知道了梵天的請求,又憐憫眾生,以佛眼觀察世間。世尊以佛眼觀察世間時,看到有些眾生塵垢少,有些眾生塵垢多,有些根器利,有些根器鈍,有些性情善,有些性情惡,有些易於教導,有些難於教導,有些見到來世過失和危險而生活,有些不見到來世過失和危險而生活。就像在青蓮池、紅蓮池或白蓮池中,有些青蓮、紅蓮或白蓮生於水中、長於水中、不出水面、沉在水下生長,有些青蓮、紅蓮或白蓮生於水中、長於水中、與水面齊平,有些青蓮、紅蓮或白蓮生於水中、長於水中、超出水面而住,不為水所染。同樣地,世尊以佛眼觀察世間,看到有些眾生塵垢少,有些眾生塵垢多,有些根器利,有些根器鈍,有些性情善,有些性情惡,有些易於教導,有些難於教導,有些見到來世過失和危險而生活,有些不見到來世過失和危險而生活。看到后,以偈頌回答大梵天王: "為他們打開不死之門, 讓有耳者生起信心, 我本不欲說此妙法, 因恐擾眾梵天王。" 於是,大梵天王心想:"世尊已允許說法。"他向世尊禮拜,右繞后,就在那裡消失了。 梵天請法故事結束。 五比丘的故事 [這段在中部也有]

2.339 ādayo] Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī』』ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『ayaṃ kho āḷāro kālāmo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko; yaṃnūnāhaṃ āḷārassa kālāmassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī』』ti. Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi – 『『sattāhakālaṅkato, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo』』ti. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi – 『『sattāhakālaṅkato āḷāro kālāmo』』ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『mahājāniyo kho āḷāro kālāmo; sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī』』ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『ayaṃ kho udako [uddako (sī. syā.)] rāmaputto paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko; yaṃnūnāhaṃ udakassa rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī』』ti. Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi – 『『abhidosakālaṅkato, bhante, udako rāmaputto』』ti. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi – 『『abhidosakālaṅkato udako rāmaputto』』ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『mahājāniyo kho udako rāmaputto; sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā』』ti

Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī』』ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『bahukārā kho me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye maṃ padhānapahitattaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu; yaṃnūnāhaṃ pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya』』nti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī』』ti? Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṃ viharante isipatane migadāye. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi.

1. Addasā kho upako ājīvako bhagavantaṃ antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito? Ko vā te satthā? Kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī』』ti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā upakaṃ ājīvakaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –

[dha. pa. 353; kathā. 405] 『『Sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmi,

Sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto;

Sabbañjaho taṇhākkhaye vimutto,

Sayaṃ abhiññāya kamuddiseyyaṃ.

[mi. pa. 4.5.11 milindapañhepi; kathā. 405] 『『Na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati;

Sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, natthi me paṭipuggalo.

[kathā. 405 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi] 『『Ahañhi arahā loke, ahaṃ satthā anuttaro;

Ekomhi sammāsambuddho, sītibhūtosmi nibbuto.

[kathā. 405 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi]『『Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ, gacchāmi kāsinaṃ puraṃ;

Andhībhūtasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, āhañchaṃ [āhaññiṃ (ka.)] amatadundubhi』』nti.

Yathā kho tvaṃ, āvuso, paṭijānāsi, arahasi anantajinoti.

[kathā. 405 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi] 『『Mādisā ve jinā honti, ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ;

Jitā me pāpakā dhammā, tasmāhamupaka [tasmāhamupakā (sī.)] jino』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte upako ājīvako hupeyyapāvusoti [huveyyapāvuso (sī.) huveyyāvuso (syā.)] vatvā sīsaṃ okampetvā ummaggaṃ gahetvā pakkāmi.

這時,世尊心想:"我應該先向誰說法呢?誰能很快理解這法呢?"世尊又想:"阿羅羅·迦羅摩是智者、聰明、有智慧,長期以來塵垢較少;我不如先向阿羅羅·迦羅摩說法,他能很快理解這法。"這時,一位隱形的天神告訴世尊:"尊者,阿羅羅·迦羅摩七天前已經去世了。"世尊也生起了智:"阿羅羅·迦羅摩七天前已經去世了。"世尊想:"阿羅羅·迦羅摩損失很大;如果他聽到這法,就能很快理解。"世尊又想:"我應該先向誰說法呢?誰能很快理解這法呢?"世尊想:"郁陀迦·羅摩子是智者、聰明、有智慧,長期以來塵垢較少;我不如先向郁陀迦·羅摩子說法,他能很快理解這法。"這時,一位隱形的天神告訴世尊:"尊者,郁陀迦·羅摩子昨晚已經去世了。"世尊也生起了智:"郁陀迦·羅摩子昨晚已經去世了。"世尊想:"郁陀迦·羅摩子損失很大;如果他聽到這法,就能很快理解。" 世尊又想:"我應該先向誰說法呢?誰能很快理解這法呢?"世尊想:"五比丘對我很有幫助,他們在我精進修行時侍奉我;我不如先向五比丘說法。"世尊又想:"五比丘現在住在哪裡呢?"世尊以清凈超人的天眼看到五比丘住在波羅奈(現在的瓦拉納西)仙人落處的鹿野苑。於是,世尊在烏魯維拉隨意住了一段時間后,向波羅奈出發遊行。 優波迦外道在伽耶和菩提樹之間的路上看到世尊在行走,看到后對世尊說:"朋友,你的諸根很清凈,膚色純凈明亮。朋友,你是爲了誰而出家的?誰是你的老師?你喜歡誰的法?"世尊以偈頌回答優波迦外道: "我是一切的征服者,一切的知者, 於一切法中無染著, 捨棄一切,滅盡愛慾而解脫, 自己證知,還要指誰為師? 我沒有老師,沒有與我相等者, 在天人世界中,沒有與我相似者。 我是世間的阿羅漢,我是無上的導師, 我是唯一的正等正覺者,我已清涼、寂滅。 我去迦尸城轉法輪, 在盲目的世間中,擊不死之鼓。" "朋友,依你所說,你應該是無量勝者。" "像我這樣的勝者,都是已達漏盡者, 我已戰勝惡法,因此優波迦,我是勝者。" 優波迦外道聽了這些話后說:"朋友,也許是吧",搖了搖頭,走上岔路離開了。

1. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bārāṇasī isipatanaṃ migadāyo, yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami. Addasaṃsu kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvāna aññamaññaṃ katikaṃ [idaṃ padaṃ kesuci natthi] saṇṭhapesuṃ – 『『ayaṃ, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya. So neva abhivādetabbo, na paccuṭṭhātabbo, nāssa pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; api ca kho āsanaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, sace so ākaṅkhissati nisīdissatī』』ti. Yathā yathā kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū upasaṅkamati, tathā tathā [tathā tathā te (sī. syā.)] pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṃ . Asaṇṭhahantā bhagavantaṃ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṃ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṃ, eko pādapīṭhaṃ, eko pādakaṭhalikaṃ upanikkhipi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane; nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. Apissu [api ca kho (pāsarāsisuttha)] bhagavantaṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – 『『mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha [samudācarittha (sī. syā.)]. Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā [yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamānā (syā.)] nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā』』ti. Evaṃ vutte pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya [cariyāya (syā.)], tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā [uttarimanussadhammaṃ (syā. ka.)] alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa』』nti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – 『『na, bhikkhave, tathāgato bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya; arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho. Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi , ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā』』ti. Dutiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ…pe…. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca…pe…. Tatiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa』』nti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – 『『abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṃ pabhāvitameta』』nti [bhāsitametanti (sī. syā. ka.) ṭīkāyo oloketabbā]? 『『Nohetaṃ, bhante』』. Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃbrahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathāti. Asakkhi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṃ. Atha kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ sussūsiṃsu, sotaṃ odahiṃsu, aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpesuṃ.

2. Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi –

『『[saṃ. ni.

然後,世尊漸次遊行,來到波羅奈(現在的瓦拉納西)仙人落處的鹿野苑,走向五比丘。五比丘遠遠地看到世尊走來,看到后彼此約定說:"朋友們,這個沙門喬達摩來了,他已放縱,放棄了精進,回到奢侈生活。我們不應該向他禮拜,不應該起身迎接,不應該接受他的缽和衣;但是可以為他準備座位,如果他想坐就坐吧。"然而,當世尊走近五比丘時,五比丘無法遵守他們的約定。他們不能堅持,迎向世尊,一個接過世尊的缽和衣,一個準備座位,一個準備洗腳水,一個準備腳凳,一個準備擦腳布。世尊坐在準備好的座位上;坐下後,世尊洗腳。他們仍然以名字和"朋友"稱呼世尊。 世尊對五比丘說:"比丘們,不要以名字和'朋友'稱呼如來。比丘們,如來是阿羅漢、正等正覺者。比丘們,傾聽,不死已證得,我教導你們,我說法。如果你們按照教導實踐,不久就能 - 爲了善男子正確地從在家出家而追求的無上目標 - 在現法中自己以智證得、實現、成就梵行的究竟而住。" 五比丘對世尊說:"朋友喬達摩,你以前那樣的行為、那樣的修行、那樣的苦行,都沒有證得超越凡人的殊勝知見,現在你已放縱,放棄了精進,回到奢侈生活,怎麼能證得超越凡人的殊勝知見呢?" 世尊對五比丘說:"比丘們,如來不是放縱的,沒有放棄精進,沒有回到奢侈生活;比丘們,如來是阿羅漢、正等正覺者。比丘們,傾聽,不死已證得,我教導你們,我說法。如果你們按照教導實踐,不久就能 - 爲了善男子正確地從在家出家而追求的無上目標 - 在現法中自己以智證得、實現、成就梵行的究竟而住。" 五比丘第二次對世尊說...世尊第二次對五比丘說...五比丘第三次對世尊說:"朋友喬達摩,你以前那樣的行為、那樣的修行、那樣的苦行,都沒有證得超越凡人的殊勝知見,現在你已放縱,放棄了精進,回到奢侈生活,怎麼能證得超越凡人的殊勝知見呢?" 世尊對五比丘說:"比丘們,你們記得我以前曾這樣說過嗎?" "沒有,尊者。" "比丘們,如來是阿羅漢、正等正覺者。比丘們,傾聽,不死已證得,我教導你們,我說法。如果你們按照教導實踐,不久就能 - 爲了善男子正確地從在家出家而追求的無上目標 - 在現法中自己以智證得、實現、成就梵行的究竟而住。" 世尊成功地說服了五比丘。然後,五比丘願意聽從世尊,傾耳而聽,專心致志。 然後,世尊對五比丘說: [相應部也有]

5.1081 ādayo] Dveme, bhikkhave , antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve [idaṃ padadvayaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi]? Yo cāyaṃ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante anupagamma, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ kho sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

1. 『『Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṃ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Saṃkhittena, pañcupādānakkhandhā [pañcupādānakhandhāpi (ka)] dukkhā. 『『Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṃ [ettha 『『idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti ādīsu dukkhasamudayo dukkhanirodhoti vattabbe dukkhasamudayaṃ dukkhanirodhanti liṅgavipallāso tato』』ti paṭisambhidāmaggaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. visuddhimaggaṭīkāyaṃ pana uppādo bhayantipāṭhavaṇṇanāyaṃ 『『satipi dvinnaṃ padānaṃ samānādhikaraṇabhāve liṅgabhedo gahito, yathā dukkhasamudayo ariyasacca』』nti vuttaṃ. tesu dukkhasamudayo ariyasacca』』nti sakaliṅgikapāṭho 『『dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasacca』』nti pāḷiyā sameti.] ariyasaccaṃ – yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā [ponobhavikā (ka.)] nandīrāgasahagatā [nandirāgasahagatā (sī. syā.)] tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ – kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā.

『『Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ – yo tassā yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho, cāgo, paṭinissaggo, mutti, anālayo. 『『Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ – ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

"比丘們,有兩個極端,出家人不應該實行。哪兩個?一是在欲樂中追求欲樂的滿足,這是低劣的、粗俗的、凡夫的、非聖的、無益的;二是自我折磨,這是痛苦的、非聖的、無益的。比丘們,如來不採取這兩個極端,已證悟中道,它能生眼、生智,導向寂靜、證智、正覺、涅槃。比丘們,什麼是如來所證悟的中道,能生眼、生智,導向寂靜、證智、正覺、涅槃?就是這八支聖道,即:正見、正思惟、正語、正業、正命、正精進、正念、正定。比丘們,這就是如來所證悟的中道,能生眼、生智,導向寂靜、證智、正覺、涅槃。 比丘們,這是苦聖諦。生是苦,老是苦,病是苦,死是苦,怨憎會是苦,愛別離是苦,所求不得也是苦。簡而言之,五取蘊是苦。比丘們,這是苦集聖諦 - 即是這愛,能引發再生,與喜貪俱行,處處歡喜,也就是:欲愛、有愛、無有愛。 比丘們,這是苦滅聖諦 - 即是對於這愛的無餘離貪、滅盡、舍離、解脫、無執著。比丘們,這是趣向苦滅的道聖諦 - 即是這八支聖道,也就是:正見、正思惟、正語、正業、正命、正精進、正念、正定。"

1. 『『Idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi , āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyyanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññātanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

『『Idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahīnanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

『『Idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ sacchikātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ sacchikatanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

『『Idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvetabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvitanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

1. 『『Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ na suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ. Yato ca kho me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, athāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti [abhisambuddho (sī. syā.)] paccaññāsiṃ. Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi – akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo』』ti. Idamavoca bhagavā attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti [idamavoca…pe… abhinanduntivākyaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi].

Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne āyasmato koṇḍaññassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – 『『yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma』』nti.

"比丘們,對於'這是苦聖諦',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。比丘們,對於'這苦聖諦應當遍知',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。比丘們,對於'這苦聖諦已遍知',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。 比丘們,對於'這是苦集聖諦',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。比丘們,對於'這苦集聖諦應當斷除',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。比丘們,對於'這苦集聖諦已斷除',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。 比丘們,對於'這是苦滅聖諦',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。比丘們,對於'這苦滅聖諦應當證悟',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。比丘們,對於'這苦滅聖諦已證悟',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。 比丘們,對於'這是趣向苦滅的道聖諦',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。比丘們,對於'這趣向苦滅的道聖諦應當修習',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。比丘們,對於'這趣向苦滅的道聖諦已修習',我在前所未聞的法中生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。 比丘們,只要我對這四聖諦的如是三轉十二行相的如實智見還不清凈,我就不在天、魔、梵的世界,在沙門、婆羅門、天、人的眾生中,宣稱已證得無上正等正覺。比丘們,當我對這四聖諦的如是三轉十二行相的如實智見清凈時,我就在天、魔、梵的世界,在沙門、婆羅門、天、人的眾生中,宣稱已證得無上正等正覺。我生起了智見:'我的解脫不動搖,這是最後一生,不再有未來的輪迴。'"世尊說了這些,五比丘滿意歡喜世尊所說。 當這個解說被說出時,尊者憍陳如生起了遠塵離垢的法眼:"凡是有生起性質的,那一切都是滅盡性質的。"

1. Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke, bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – 『『etaṃ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ, appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi』』nti. Bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā cātumahārājikā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ…pe… cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā tāvatiṃsā devā…pe… yāmā devā…pe… tusitā devā…pe… nimmānaratī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattī devā…pe… brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – 『『etaṃ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi』』nti. Itiha, tena khaṇena, tena layena [tena layenāti padadvayaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi] tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. Ayañca dasasahassilokadhātu saṃkampi sampakampi sampavedhi ; appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi, atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – 『『aññāsi vata, bho koṇḍañño, aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño』』ti. Iti hidaṃ āyasmato koṇḍaññassa 『aññāsikoṇḍañño』 tveva nāmaṃ ahosi.

2. Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada』』nti. 『『Ehi bhikkhū』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi.

3. Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Atha kho āyasmato ca vappassa āyasmato ca bhaddiyassa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.

Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada』』nti. 『『Etha bhikkhavo』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū nīhārabhatto dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Yaṃ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggo yāpeti. Atha kho āyasmato ca mahānāmassa āyasmato ca assajissa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti . Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada』』nti. 『『Etha bhikkhavo』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

1. Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi –

[saṃ. ni.

當世尊轉法輪時,地居天神高聲宣告:"世尊在波羅奈(現在的瓦拉納西)仙人落處的鹿野苑轉無上法輪,沙門、婆羅門、天、魔、梵或世間任何人都不能逆轉。"聽到地居天神的聲音后,四大天王天的天神高聲宣告...聽到四大天王天的天神的聲音后,三十三天的天神...夜摩天的天神...兜率天的天神...化樂天的天神...他化自在天的天神...梵眾天的天神高聲宣告:"世尊在波羅奈仙人落處的鹿野苑轉無上法輪,沙門、婆羅門、天、魔、梵或世間任何人都不能逆轉。"就這樣,在那一刻,那一瞬間,那一剎那,聲音傳到了梵天界。這個一萬個世界系統震動、搖動、顫動;無量殊勝的光明出現在世間,超越了天神們的神力。這時,世尊說出這句感興語:"憍陳如確實已經了知,憍陳如確實已經了知。"因此,尊者憍陳如就有了"阿若憍陳如"這個名字。 這時,尊者阿若憍陳如已見法、得法、知法、深入法,度疑、離惑,得無所畏,不依他緣而於大師教法中,對世尊說:"尊者,我可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那位尊者的具足戒。 然後,世尊以法語教導、教誡其餘的比丘。當世尊以法語教導、教誡尊者跋波和尊者跋提耶時,他們生起了遠塵離垢的法眼:"凡是有生起性質的,那一切都是滅盡性質的。" 他們已見法、得法、知法、深入法,度疑、離惑,得無所畏,不依他緣而於大師教法中,對世尊說:"尊者,我們可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我們可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘們。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那些尊者的具足戒。 然後,世尊不再親自取食,以法語教導、教誡其餘的比丘。三位比丘乞食帶回來的,六人團體靠它維生。這時,當世尊以法語教導、教誡尊者摩訶男和尊者阿說示時,他們生起了遠塵離垢的法眼:"凡是有生起性質的,那一切都是滅盡性質的。"他們已見法、得法、知法、深入法,度疑、離惑,得無所畏,不依他緣而於大師教法中,對世尊說:"尊者,我們可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我們可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘們。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那些尊者的具足戒。 然後,世尊對五比丘說: [相應部也有]

3.59 ādayo] 『『Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā. Rūpañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe – 『evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī』ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe – 『evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī』ti. Vedanā, anattā. Vedanā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ vedanā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya – 『evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī』ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya – 『evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī』ti. Saññā, anattā. Saññā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ saññā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca saññāya – 『evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī』ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saññā anattā, tasmā saññā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati saññāya – 『evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī』ti. Saṅkhārā, anattā. Saṅkhārā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṃsu, nayidaṃ [nayime (ka.)] saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu – 『evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu』nti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā anattā, tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvattanti, na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu – 『evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu』nti. Viññāṇaṃ, anattā. Viññāṇañca hidaṃ , bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya , labbhetha ca viññāṇe – 『evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī』ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe – 『evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī』ti.

1. 『『Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante . Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Saññā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante.

"比丘們,色是無我的。比丘們,如果這色是我,這色就不會導致affliction,而且在色上可以得到:'愿我的色是這樣,愿我的色不是這樣'。比丘們,正因為色是無我的,所以色會導致affliction,而且在色上不能得到:'愿我的色是這樣,愿我的色不是這樣'。受是無我的。比丘們,如果這受是我,這受就不會導致affliction,而且在受上可以得到:'愿我的受是這樣,愿我的受不是這樣'。比丘們,正因為受是無我的,所以受會導致affliction,而且在受上不能得到:'愿我的受是這樣,愿我的受不是這樣'。想是無我的。比丘們,如果這想是我,這想就不會導致affliction,而且在想上可以得到:'愿我的想是這樣,愿我的想不是這樣'。比丘們,正因為想是無我的,所以想會導致affliction,而且在想上不能得到:'愿我的想是這樣,愿我的想不是這樣'。行是無我的。比丘們,如果這些行是我,這些行就不會導致affliction,而且在行上可以得到:'愿我的行是這樣,愿我的行不是這樣'。比丘們,正因為行是無我的,所以行會導致affliction,而且在行上不能得到:'愿我的行是這樣,愿我的行不是這樣'。識是無我的。比丘們,如果這識是我,這識就不會導致affliction,而且在識上可以得到:'愿我的識是這樣,愿我的識不是這樣'。比丘們,正因為識是無我的,所以識會導致affliction,而且在識上不能得到:'愿我的識是這樣,愿我的識不是這樣'。 比丘們,你們怎麼認為,色是常還是無常?" "無常,尊者。" "無常的是苦還是樂?" "苦,尊者。" "對於無常、苦、變易之法,認為'這是我的,這是我,這是我的我',這樣觀察合適嗎?" "不合適,尊者。" "受是常還是無常?" "無常,尊者。" "無常的是苦還是樂?" "苦,尊者。" "對於無常、苦、變易之法,認為'這是我的,這是我,這是我的我',這樣觀察合適嗎?" "不合適,尊者。" "想是常還是無常?" "無常,尊者。" "無常的是苦還是樂?" "苦,尊者。" "對於無常、苦、變易之法,認為'這是我的,這是我,這是我的我',這樣觀察合適嗎?" "不合適,尊者。" "行是常還是無常?" "無常,尊者。" "無常的是苦還是樂?" "苦,尊者。" "對於無常、苦、變易之法,認為'這是我的,這是我,這是我的我',這樣觀察合適嗎?" "不合適,尊者。" "識是常還是無常?" "無常,尊者。" "無常的是苦還是樂?" "苦,尊者。" "對於無常、苦、變易之法,認為'這是我的,這是我,這是我的我',這樣觀察合適嗎?" "不合適,尊者。"

1. 『『Tasmātiha , bhikkhave, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre [yaṃ dūre vā (syā.)] santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā vedanā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā saññā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā ye dūre santike vā, sabbe saṅkhārā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ.

2. 『『Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati; nibbindaṃ virajjati; virāgā vimuccati; vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti, 『khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā』ti pajānātī』』ti.

3. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti [abhinanduṃ (syā.)]. Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena cha loke arahanto honti.

Pañcavaggiyakathā niṭṭhitā.

Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.

1. Pabbajjākathā

2. Tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṃ yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti. Tassa tayo pāsādā honti – eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko. So vassike pāsāde cattāro māse [vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse (sī.)] nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ orohati. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgībhūtassa paricārayamānassa paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī.)] niddā okkami, parijanassapi niddā okkami, sabbarattiyo ca telapadīpo jhāyati. Atha kho yaso kulaputto paṭikacceva pabujjhitvā addasa sakaṃ parijanaṃ supantaṃ – aññissā kacche vīṇaṃ, aññissā kaṇṭhe mudiṅgaṃ, aññissā kacche āḷambaraṃ, aññaṃ vikesikaṃ, aññaṃ vikkheḷikaṃ, aññā vippalapantiyo, hatthappattaṃ susānaṃ maññe. Disvānassa ādīnavo pāturahosi, nibbidāya cittaṃ saṇṭhāsi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto udānaṃ udānesi – 『『upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho』』ti.

Atha kho yaso kulaputto suvaṇṇapādukāyo ārohitvā yena nivesanadvāraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu – mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyāti . Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena nagaradvāraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu – mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyāti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena isipatanaṃ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami.

"因此,比丘們,任何色,無論是過去、未來、現在的,內在的或外在的,粗的或細的,劣的或勝的,遠的或近的,一切色都應該以正慧如實地這樣觀察:'這不是我的,這不是我,這不是我的我'。任何受,無論是過去、未來、現在的,內在的或外在的,粗的或細的,劣的或勝的,遠的或近的,一切受都應該以正慧如實地這樣觀察:'這不是我的,這不是我,這不是我的我'。任何想,無論是過去、未來、現在的,內在的或外在的,粗的或細的,劣的或勝的,遠的或近的,一切想都應該以正慧如實地這樣觀察:'這不是我的,這不是我,這不是我的我'。任何行,無論是過去、未來、現在的,內在的或外在的,粗的或細的,劣的或勝的,遠的或近的,一切行都應該以正慧如實地這樣觀察:'這不是我的,這不是我,這不是我的我'。任何識,無論是過去、未來、現在的,內在的或外在的,粗的或細的,劣的或勝的,遠的或近的,一切識都應該以正慧如實地這樣觀察:'這不是我的,這不是我,這不是我的我'。 比丘們,多聞聖弟子這樣觀察,就會厭離色,厭離受,厭離想,厭離行,厭離識;由厭離而離貪;由離貪而解脫;在解脫時,有'已解脫'的智,了知:'生已盡,梵行已立,所作已辦,不受後有'。" 世尊說了這些。五比丘滿意歡喜世尊所說。當這個解說被說出時,五比丘的心無取著而從諸漏解脫。那時,世間有六位阿羅漢。 五比丘的故事結束。 第一誦分結束。 出家的故事 那時,在波羅奈(現在的瓦拉納西)有一個名叫耶舍的富家子,是長者之子,生活非常精緻。他有三座宮殿,一座用於冬季,一座用於夏季,一座用於雨季。在雨季的宮殿里,他四個月都由女性伴奏者侍奉,不下樓。有一次,這位耶舍富家子享受著五種欲樂,被侍奉著,提前入睡了,侍從們也睡著了,整夜油燈都在燃燒。耶舍富家子提前醒來,看到自己的侍從們睡著了 - 一個人腋下夾著琵琶,一個人脖子上掛著鼓,一個人腋下夾著鐃鈸,一個人頭髮散亂,一個人口水流出,有些人在說夢話,就像到了墓地一樣。看到這種情況后,他意識到了過患,心生厭離。這時,耶舍富家子說出感興語:"真是苦惱啊,真是壓迫啊!" 然後,耶舍富家子穿上金履,走向住所的大門。非人打開了門,想著:"不要讓任何人阻礙耶舍富家子從在家出家。"然後耶舍富家子走向城門。非人打開了門,想著:"不要讓任何人阻礙耶舍富家子從在家出家。"然後耶舍富家子走向仙人落處的鹿野苑。

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. Addasā kho bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidūre udānaṃ udānesi – 『『upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavoca – 『『idaṃ kho, yasa, anupaddutaṃ, idaṃ anupassaṭṭhaṃ. Ehi yasa, nisīda, dhammaṃ te desessāmī』』ti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto – idaṃ kira anupaddutaṃ , idaṃ anupassaṭṭhanti haṭṭho udaggo suvaṇṇapādukāhi orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho yasassa kulaputtassa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ kallacittaṃ, muducittaṃ, vinīvaraṇacittaṃ, udaggacittaṃ, pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.

2. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa mātā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ apassantī yena seṭṭhi gahapati tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – 『『putto te, gahapati, yaso na dissatī』』ti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati catuddisā assadūte uyyojetvā sāmaṃyeva yena isipatanaṃ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati suvaṇṇapādukānaṃ nikkhepaṃ, disvāna taṃyeva anugamāsi [anugamā (sī. syā.)]. Addasā kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavato etadahosi – 『『yaṃnūnāhaṃ tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhareyyaṃ yathā seṭṭhi gahapati idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ na passeyyā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharesi. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『api, bhante, bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyā』』ti? Tena hi, gahapati, nisīda, appeva nāma idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyāsīti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati – idheva kirāhaṃ nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passissāmīti haṭṭho udaggo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho seṭṭhissa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ kallacittaṃ, muducittaṃ, vinīvaraṇacittaṃ, udaggacittaṃ, pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya evameva seṭṭhissa gahapatissa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante, seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ [nikujjitaṃ (ka.)] vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata』』nti . Sova loke paṭhamaṃ upāsako ahosi tevāciko .

那時,世尊在後夜時分起身,在露地經行。世尊遠遠地看到耶舍富家子走來,看到后就從經行處下來,坐在準備好的座位上。這時,耶舍富家子在離世尊不遠處說出感興語:"真是苦惱啊,真是壓迫啊!"世尊對耶舍富家子說:"耶舍,這裡沒有苦惱,這裡沒有壓迫。來吧,耶舍,坐下,我為你說法。"耶舍富家子想:"據說這裡沒有苦惱,這裡沒有壓迫。"他高興歡喜,脫下金履,走向世尊,走近後向世尊禮拜,然後坐在一旁。世尊為坐在一旁的耶舍富家子漸次說法,即:說佈施,說持戒,說生天,說慾望的過患、卑劣、污穢,顯示出離的功德。當世尊知道耶舍富家子的心已準備好、柔軟、無障礙、高昂、明凈時,就開示諸佛特有的法義:苦、集、滅、道。就像乾淨無污的布能很好地染上顏色一樣,耶舍富家子就在那座位上生起了遠塵離垢的法眼:"凡是有生起性質的,那一切都是滅盡性質的。" 這時,耶舍富家子的母親上樓沒看到耶舍富家子,就走向長者居士,走近后對長者居士說:"居士,你的兒子耶舍不見了。"長者居士派遣騎馬的信使向四方尋找,自己則走向仙人落處的鹿野苑。長者居士看到金履的腳印,就跟隨著走去。世尊遠遠地看到長者居士走來,看到后想:"我應該施展神通,使長者居士坐在這裡看不到坐在這裡的耶舍富家子。"世尊就施展了這樣的神通。長者居士走向世尊,走近后對世尊說:"尊者,世尊看到耶舍富家子了嗎?""那麼,居士,請坐下,或許你坐在這裡能看到坐在這裡的耶舍富家子。"長者居士想:"我坐在這裡就能看到坐在這裡的耶舍富家子。"他高興歡喜,向世尊禮拜後坐在一旁。世尊為坐在一旁的長者居士漸次說法,即:說佈施,說持戒,說生天,說慾望的過患、卑劣、污穢,顯示出離的功德。當世尊知道長者居士的心已準備好、柔軟、無障礙、高昂、明凈時,就開示諸佛特有的法義:苦、集、滅、道。就像乾淨無污的布能很好地染上顏色一樣,長者居士就在那座位上生起了遠塵離垢的法眼:"凡是有生起性質的,那一切都是滅盡性質的。"長者居士已見法、得法、知法、深入法,度疑、離惑,得無所畏,不依他緣而於大師教法中,對世尊說:"太殊勝了,尊者!太殊勝了,尊者!就像扶起倒下的,揭開遮蔽的,為迷路者指路,在黑暗中舉起油燈,讓有眼者能看見色一樣,世尊以種種方便開示了法。尊者,我歸依世尊,歸依法,歸依比丘僧。愿世尊接受我為優婆塞,從今日起終生歸依。"他成為世間第一個三歸依的優婆塞。

1. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『yasassa kho kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Abhabbo kho yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ, seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto; yaṃnūnāhaṃ taṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ paṭippassambheyya』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ paṭippassambhesi. Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ nisinnaṃ, disvāna yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavoca – 『『mātā te tāta, yasa, parideva [paridevī (ka.)] sokasamāpannā, dehi mātuyā jīvita』』nti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavantaṃ ullokesi. Atha kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – 『『taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, yassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā? Tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Bhabbo nu kho so, gahapati, hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto』』ti? 『『No hetaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Yasassa kho, gahapati, kulaputtassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā. Tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Abhabbo kho, gahapati, yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto』』ti. 『『Lābhā, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, suladdhaṃ, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, yathā yasassa kulaputtassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā ajjatanāya bhattaṃ yasena kulaputtena pacchāsamaṇenā』』ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto acirapakkante seṭṭhimhi gahapatimhi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada』』nti. 『『Ehi bhikkhū』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. Tena kho pana samayena satta loke arahanto honti.

Yasassa pabbajjā niṭṭhitā.

當爲耶舍富家子的父親說法時,耶舍富家子觀察自己所見所知的境界,心無取著而從諸漏解脫。這時,世尊想:"當爲耶舍富家子的父親說法時,耶舍富家子觀察自己所見所知的境界,心無取著而從諸漏解脫。耶舍富家子不可能再退回低劣的生活,像以前在家時那樣享受欲樂;我應該解除那個神通。"世尊就解除了那個神通。長者居士看到耶舍富家子坐在那裡,看到后對耶舍富家子說:"孩子耶舍,你的母親悲傷憂愁,請給你母親生命。"耶舍富家子看向世尊。世尊對長者居士說:"居士,你怎麼認為,如果有人以有學的智、有學的見看到、了知法,就像你一樣,他觀察自己所見所知的境界,心無取著而從諸漏解脫。居士,他還可能退回低劣的生活,像以前在家時那樣享受欲樂嗎?""不可能,尊者。""居士,耶舍富家子以有學的智、有學的見看到、了知法,就像你一樣。他觀察自己所見所知的境界,心無取著而從諸漏解脫。居士,耶舍富家子不可能再退回低劣的生活,像以前在家時那樣享受欲樂。""尊者,耶舍富家子真是有福報,尊者,耶舍富家子真是善得,因為耶舍富家子的心無取著而從諸漏解脫。尊者,請世尊接受我今天的供養,讓耶舍富家子作隨從沙門。"世尊以沉默表示接受。長者居士知道世尊接受后,從座位起身,向世尊禮拜,右繞后離開。耶舍富家子在長者居士離開后不久對世尊說:"尊者,我可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那位尊者的具足戒。那時,世間有七位阿羅漢。 耶舍的出家故事結束。

1. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā yasena pacchāsamaṇena yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tāsaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā tā bhagavā aññāsi kallacittā, muducittā, vinīvaraṇacittā, udaggacittā, pasannacittā, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ . Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tāsaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Tā diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante…pe… etā mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsikāyo no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetā saraṇaṃ gatā』』ti. Tā ca loke paṭhamaṃ upāsikā ahesuṃ tevācikā.

Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca pitā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca bhagavantañca āyasmantañca yasaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ, ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato yasassa mātarañca pitarañca purāṇadutiyikañca dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

1. Assosuṃ kho āyasmato yasassa cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – vimalo, subāhu , puṇṇaji, gavampati – yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitoti. Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – 『『na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito』』ti. Te [te cattāro janā (ka.)] yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā yaso te cattāro gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『ime me, bhante, cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati. Ime [ime cattāro (ka.)] bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū』』ti . Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi 『『yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma』』nti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada』』nti. 『『Etha bhikkhavo』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena ekādasa loke arahanto honti.

Catugihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā.

然後,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,與尊者耶舍作為隨從沙門,走向長者居士的住所,到達後坐在準備好的座位上。這時,尊者耶舍的母親和前妻走向世尊,走近後向世尊禮拜,然後坐在一旁。世尊為她們漸次說法,即:說佈施,說持戒,說生天,說慾望的過患、卑劣、污穢,顯示出離的功德。當世尊知道她們的心已準備好、柔軟、無障礙、高昂、明凈時,就開示諸佛特有的法義:苦、集、滅、道。就像乾淨無污的布能很好地染上顏色一樣,她們就在那座位上生起了遠塵離垢的法眼:"凡是有生起性質的,那一切都是滅盡性質的。"她們已見法、得法、知法、深入法,度疑、離惑,得無所畏,不依他緣而於大師教法中,對世尊說:"太殊勝了,尊者!太殊勝了,尊者!...我們歸依世尊,歸依法,歸依比丘僧。愿世尊接受我們為優婆夷,從今日起終生歸依。"她們成為世間第一批三歸依的優婆夷。 然後,尊者耶舍的母親、父親和前妻親手以美味的硬食軟食供養世尊和尊者耶舍,使他們滿足。世尊用完餐,放下缽,手離開缽后,他們坐在一旁。世尊以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令歡喜尊者耶舍的母親、父親和前妻后,從座位起身離開。 尊者耶舍的四個在家朋友,是波羅奈(現在的瓦拉納西)長者和次長者家族的兒子 - 毗摩羅、須婆睺、富樓那耆、伽婆婆提,聽說耶舍富家子剃除鬚髮,披上袈裟,從在家出家。聽到后,他們想:"那一定不是低劣的法與律,那一定不是低劣的出家,因為耶舍富家子剃除鬚髮,披上袈裟,從在家出家。"他們走向尊者耶舍,走近後向尊者耶舍禮拜,然後站在一旁。尊者耶舍帶著這四個在家朋友走向世尊,走近後向世尊禮拜,然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者耶舍對世尊說:"尊者,這是我的四個在家朋友,是波羅奈長者和次長者家族的兒子 - 毗摩羅、須婆睺、富樓那耆、伽婆婆提。請世尊教導、教誡他們。"世尊為他們漸次說法,即:說佈施,說持戒,說生天,說慾望的過患、卑劣、污穢,顯示出離的功德。當世尊知道他們的心已準備好、柔軟、無障礙、高昂、明凈時,就開示諸佛特有的法義:苦、集、滅、道。就像乾淨無污的布能很好地染上顏色一樣,他們就在那座位上生起了遠塵離垢的法眼:"凡是有生起性質的,那一切都是滅盡性質的。"他們已見法、得法、知法、深入法,度疑、離惑,得無所畏,不依他緣而於大師教法中,對世尊說:"尊者,我們可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我們可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘們。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那些尊者的具足戒。然後,世尊以法語教導、教誡那些比丘。當世尊以法語教導、教誡他們時,他們的心無取著而從諸漏解脫。那時,世間有十一位阿羅漢。 四個在家朋友的出家故事結束。

1. Assosuṃ kho āyasmato yasassa paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitoti. Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – 『『na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito』』ti. Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā yaso te paññāsamatte gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『ime me, bhante, paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā. Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū』』ti. Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada』』nti. 『『Etha bhikkhavo』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena ekasaṭṭhi loke arahanto honti.

Paññāsagihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhitā ca pabbajjākathā.

1. Mārakathā

2. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū āmantesi [saṃ. ni. 1.141 mārasaṃyuttepi] – 『『muttāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. Tumhepi, bhikkhave , muttā sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. Caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha. Desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā , assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. Ahampi, bhikkhave, yena uruvelā senānigamo tenupasaṅkamissāmi dhammadesanāyā』』ti.

3. Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

『『Baddhosi sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;

Mahābandhanabaddhosi, na me samaṇa mokkhasī』』ti.

『『Muttāhaṃ [muttohaṃ (sī. syā.)] sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;

Mahābandhanamuttomhi, nihato tvamasi antakāti.

[saṃ. ni. 1.151 mārasaṃyuttepi] 『『Antalikkhacaro pāso, yvāyaṃ carati mānaso;

Tena taṃ bādhayissāmi, na me samaṇa mokkhasīti.

[saṃ. ni. 1.1151 mārasaṃyuttepi] 『『Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā;

Ettha me vigato chando, nihato tvamasi antakā』』ti.

Atha kho māro pāpimā – jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugatoti dukkhī dummano

Tatthevantaradhāyīti.

Mārakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Pabbajjūpasampadākathā

尊者耶舍約五十個在家朋友,是鄉下世家子弟,聽說耶舍富家子剃除鬚髮,披上袈裟,從在家出家。聽到后,他們想:"那一定不是低劣的法與律,那一定不是低劣的出家,因為耶舍富家子剃除鬚髮,披上袈裟,從在家出家。"他們走向尊者耶舍,走近後向尊者耶舍禮拜,然後站在一旁。尊者耶舍帶著這約五十個在家朋友走向世尊,走近後向世尊禮拜,然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者耶舍對世尊說:"尊者,這是我約五十個在家朋友,是鄉下世家子弟。請世尊教導、教誡他們。"世尊為他們漸次說法,即:說佈施,說持戒,說生天,說慾望的過患、卑劣、污穢,顯示出離的功德。當世尊知道他們的心已準備好、柔軟、無障礙、高昂、明凈時,就開示諸佛特有的法義:苦、集、滅、道。就像乾淨無污的布能很好地染上顏色一樣,他們就在那座位上生起了遠塵離垢的法眼:"凡是有生起性質的,那一切都是滅盡性質的。"他們已見法、得法、知法、深入法,度疑、離惑,得無所畏,不依他緣而於**教法中,對世尊說:"尊者,我們可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我們可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘們。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那些尊者的具足戒。然後,世尊以法語教導、教誡那些比丘。當世尊以法語教導、教誡他們時,他們的心無取著而從諸漏解脫。那時,世間有六十一位阿羅漢。 五十個在家朋友的出家故事結束。 出家的故事結束。 魔羅的故事 然後,世尊對那些比丘說:"比丘們,我已解脫一切束縛,無論是天上的還是人間的。比丘們,你們也已解脫一切束縛,無論是天上的還是人間的。比丘們,你們遊行吧,爲了眾多人的利益,爲了眾多人的安樂,出於對世間的悲憫,爲了天神和人類的利益、福祉和快樂。不要兩個人一起走。比丘們,請宣說初善、中善、后善,有義有文的法,宣示完全圓滿清凈的梵行。有些眾生塵垢稀少,如果不聽法就會退失,他們將會了知法。比丘們,我也要去優樓頻螺(Uruvela)的軍村(Senānigama)說法。" 這時,惡魔波旬走向世尊,走近後用偈頌對世尊說: "你被一切束縛所縛,無論是天上的還是人間的; 你被大束縛所縛,沙門啊,你逃不出我的手掌。" [世尊說:] "我已解脫一切束縛,無論是天上的還是人間的; 我已解脫大束縛,終結者啊,你已被擊敗。" [魔羅說:] "這心意所行的束縛遍佈虛空; 我將用它來束縛你,沙門啊,你逃不出我的手掌。" [世尊說:] "色、聲、味、香和悅意的觸, 我對這些已無慾望,終結者啊,你已被擊敗。" 這時,惡魔波旬想:"世尊知道我,善逝知道我",痛苦、憂愁,就在那裡消失了。 魔羅的故事結束。 出家和受具足戒的故事

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti – bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – 『『etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti – bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ – tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『idha mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – 『etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti, tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā』』』ti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tumheva dāni tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādetha. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo upasampādetabbo –

Paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā [ohāretvā (ka.)], kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā, ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā, bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā, ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā, añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā, evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī』』ti. 『『Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṃ upasampada』』nti.

Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadākathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Dutiyamārakathā

2. Atha kho bhagavā vassaṃvuṭṭho [vassaṃvuttho (sī.)] bhikkhū āmantesi [saṃ. ni. 1.155] – 『『mayhaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttarā vimutti anuppattā, anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā . Tumhepi, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ anupāpuṇātha, anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikarothā』』ti. Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

『『Baddhosi mārapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;

Mahābandhanabaddhosi [mārabandhanabaddhosi (sī. syā.)], na me samaṇa mokkhasī』』ti.

『『Muttāhaṃ mārapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;

Mahābandhanamuttomhi [mārabandhanamuttomhi (sī. syā.)], nihato tvamasi antakā』』ti.

Atha kho māro pāpimā – jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugatoti dukkhī dummano

Tatthevantaradhāyi.

Dutiyamārakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Bhaddavaggiyavatthu

那時,比丘們從各個方向、各個地區帶來想要出家和想要受具足戒的人,說:"世尊會讓他們出家,會讓他們受具足戒。"這使比丘們以及想要出家和想要受具足戒的人都感到疲憊。這時,世尊獨處靜坐時,心中生起這樣的想法:"現在比丘們從各個方向、各個地區帶來想要出家和想要受具足戒的人,說'世尊會讓他們出家,會讓他們受具足戒'。這使比丘們以及想要出家和想要受具足戒的人都感到疲憊。我是否應該允許比丘們:'比丘們,現在你們自己在各個方向、各個地區讓人出家,讓人受具足戒'。"傍晚時分,世尊從靜坐中起來,以此因緣、以此事由作了法語開示后,對比丘們說:"比丘們,我獨處靜坐時,心中生起這樣的想法:'現在比丘們從各個方向、各個地區帶來想要出家和想要受具足戒的人,說"世尊會讓他們出家,會讓他們受具足戒"。這使比丘們以及想要出家和想要受具足戒的人都感到疲憊。我是否應該允許比丘們:"比丘們,現在你們自己在各個方向、各個地區讓人出家,讓人受具足戒"'。比丘們,我允許你們現在自己在各個方向、各個地區讓人出家,讓人受具足戒。比丘們,應該這樣讓人出家,讓人受具足戒: 首先讓他剃除鬚髮,讓他穿上袈裟,讓他偏袒右肩,讓他禮拜比丘們的腳,讓他蹲下,讓他合掌,然後告訴他這樣說:'我歸依佛,我歸依法,我歸依僧;第二次我歸依佛,第二次我歸依法,第二次我歸依僧;第三次我歸依佛,第三次我歸依法,第三次我歸依僧。'比丘們,我允許以這三歸依作為出家和受具足戒。" 以三歸依受具足戒的故事結束。 第二個魔羅的故事 然後,世尊在雨安居結束后對比丘們說:"比丘們,由於我如理作意,如理精進,我已證得無上解脫,已實現無上解脫。比丘們,你們也要通過如理作意,如理精進來證得無上解脫,實現無上解脫。"這時,惡魔波旬走向世尊,走近後用偈頌對世尊說: "你被魔羅的束縛所縛,無論是天上的還是人間的; 你被大束縛所縛,沙門啊,你逃不出我的手掌。" [世尊說:] "我已解脫魔羅的束縛,無論是天上的還是人間的; 我已解脫大束縛,終結者啊,你已被擊敗。" 這時,惡魔波旬想:"世尊知道我,善逝知道我",痛苦、憂愁,就在那裡消失了。 第二個魔羅的故事結束。 跋陀羅眾的故事

1. Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena uruvelā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena tiṃsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārenti. Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. Atha kho sā vesī tesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. Atha kho te sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā, taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā, taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍantā addasaṃsu bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『api, bhante, bhagavā ekaṃ itthiṃ passeyyā』』ti? 『『Kiṃ pana vo, kumārā, itthiyā』』ti? 『『Idha mayaṃ, bhante, tiṃsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārimhā. Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. Atha kho sā, bhante , vesī amhesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. Te mayaṃ, bhante, sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā, taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā, imaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍāmā』』ti. 『『Taṃ kiṃ maññatha vo, kumārā, katamaṃ nu kho tumhākaṃ varaṃ – yaṃ vā tumhe itthiṃ gaveseyyātha, yaṃ vā attānaṃ gaveseyyāthā』』ti? 『『Etadeva, bhante, amhākaṃ varaṃ yaṃ mayaṃ attānaṃ gaveseyyāmā』』ti. 『『Tena hi vo, kumārā, nisīdatha, dhammaṃ vo desessāmī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho te bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi 『『yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma』』nti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada』』nti. 『『Etha bhikkhavo』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

Bhaddavaggiyasahāyakānaṃ vatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

Dutiyabhāṇavāro.

1. Uruvelapāṭihāriyakathā

然後,世尊在波羅奈(現在的瓦拉納西)住了一段時間后,向優樓頻螺(Uruvela)遊行而去。世尊離開大路,走向一片林地,走進那片林地后,坐在一棵樹下。那時,約三十位跋陀羅眾朋友帶著妻子在那片林地裡遊玩。其中一位沒有妻子,為他帶來了一位妓女。那位妓女趁他們疏忽遊玩時,拿走財物逃跑了。那些朋友爲了幫助朋友,尋找那個女人,在林中游走時看到世尊坐在一棵樹下。看到后,他們走向世尊,走近后對世尊說:"尊者,世尊看到一個女人嗎?""年輕人,你們找女人做什麼?""尊者,我們約三十位跋陀羅眾朋友帶著妻子在這片林地裡遊玩。其中一位沒有妻子,為他帶來了一位妓女。尊者,那位妓女趁我們疏忽遊玩時,拿走財物逃跑了。尊者,我們這些朋友爲了幫助朋友,尋找那個女人,在這片林中游走。""年輕人,你們認為哪個更好:是尋找女人,還是尋找自己?""尊者,對我們來說,尋找自己更好。""那麼,年輕人,請坐下,我為你們說法。""是的,尊者。"那些跋陀羅眾朋友向世尊禮拜后,坐在一旁。世尊為他們漸次說法,即:說佈施,說持戒,說生天,說慾望的過患、卑劣、污穢,顯示出離的功德。當世尊知道他們的心已準備好、柔軟、無障礙、高昂、明凈時,就開示諸佛特有的法義:苦、集、滅、道。就像乾淨無污的布能很好地染上顏色一樣,他們就在那座位上生起了遠塵離垢的法眼:"凡是有生起性質的,那一切都是滅盡性質的。"他們已見法、得法、知法、深入法,度疑、離惑,得無所畏,不依他緣而於大師教法中,對世尊說:"尊者,我們可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我們可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘們。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那些尊者的具足戒。 跋陀羅眾朋友的故事結束。 第二誦分結束。 優樓頻螺神變的故事

1. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena uruvelā tadavasari. Tena kho pana samayena uruvelāyaṃ tayo jaṭilā paṭivasanti – uruvelakassapo, nadīkassapo, gayākassapoti. Tesu uruvelakassapo jaṭilo pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Nadīkassapo jaṭilo tiṇṇaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Gayākassapo jaṭilo dvinnaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Atha kho bhagavā yena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – 『『sace te, kassapa , agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre』』ti? 『『Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī』』ti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – 『『sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre』』ti? 『『Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī』』ti. Tatiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – 『『sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre』』ti? 『『Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī』』ti. 『『Appeva maṃ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṃ, kassapa, anujānāhi agyāgāra』』nti. 『『Vihara, mahāsamaṇa, yathāsukha』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā agyāgāraṃ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṃ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.

2. Addasā kho so nāgo bhagavantaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ, disvāna dummano [dukkhī dummano (sī. syā.)] padhūpāyi [pakhūpāsi (ka.)]. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『yaṃnūnāhaṃ imassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṃsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyya』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā padhūpāyi. Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṃ asahamāno pajjali. Bhagavāpi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā pajjali. Ubhinnaṃ sajotibhūtānaṃ agyāgāraṃ ādittaṃ viya hoti sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ. Atha kho te jaṭilā agyāgāraṃ parivāretvā evamāhaṃsu – 『『abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo nāgena viheṭhiyatī』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena tassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṃsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyitvā patte pakkhipitvā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa dassesi – 『『ayaṃ te, kassapa, nāgo pariyādinno [pariyādiṇṇo (ka.)] assa tejasā tejo』』ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma caṇḍassa nāgarājassa iddhimato āsivisassa ghoravisassa tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyissati, natveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti.

然後,世尊漸次遊行,來到了優樓頻螺(Uruvela)。那時,在優樓頻螺住著三位結髮苦行者 - 優樓頻螺迦葉、那提迦葉和伽耶迦葉。其中,優樓頻螺迦葉是五百位結髮苦行者的領袖、導師、首領、首要、最高者。那提迦葉是三百位結髮苦行者的領袖、導師、首領、首要、最高者。伽耶迦葉是二百位結髮苦行者的領袖、導師、首領、首要、最高者。世尊走向優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者的住處,走近后對優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者說:"迦葉,如果你不介意,我想在火室裡住一夜。""大沙門,我不介意,但這裡有一條兇猛的龍王,有神通,毒性很強,我怕它會傷害你。"世尊第二次對優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者說:"迦葉,如果你不介意,我想在火室裡住一夜。""大沙門,我不介意,但這裡有一條兇猛的龍王,有神通,毒性很強,我怕它會傷害你。"世尊第三次對優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者說:"迦葉,如果你不介意,我想在火室裡住一夜。""大沙門,我不介意,但這裡有一條兇猛的龍王,有神通,毒性很強,我怕它會傷害你。""也許它不會傷害我,迦葉,請允許我住在火室裡。""大沙門,請隨意住吧。"然後,世尊進入火室,鋪設草蓆,結跏趺坐,身體正直,在面前建立正念。 那條龍看到世尊進來,看到后不高興,噴出煙霧。世尊想:"我應該不傷害這條龍的皮、肉、筋、骨、骨髓,用我的威力制服它的威力。"世尊施展這樣的神通,也噴出煙霧。那條龍無法忍受,就噴出火焰。世尊也進入火界定,噴出火焰。兩者都發出火焰,火室看起來像是著火了,燃燒著,發出光芒。那些結髮苦行者圍繞著火室說:"啊,大沙門真是英俊,被龍傷害了。"世尊在那夜過後,不傷害那條龍的皮、肉、筋、骨、骨髓,用自己的威力制服了它的威力,把它放在缽里,給優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者看:"迦葉,這是你的龍,它的威力已被我的威力制服了。"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,能夠制服這條兇猛的、有神通的、毒性很強的龍王的威力,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。"

39.

Nerañjarāyaṃ bhagavā, uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ avoca;

『『Sace te kassapa agaru, viharemu ajjaṇho aggisālamhī』』ti [aggisaraṇamhīti (sī. syā.)].

『『Na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu;

Phāsukāmova taṃ nivāremi;

Caṇḍettha nāgarājā;

Iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso;

So taṃ mā viheṭhesī』』ti.

『『Appeva maṃ na viheṭheyya;

Iṅgha tvaṃ kassapa anujānāhi agyāgāra』』nti;

Dinnanti naṃ viditvā;

Abhīto [asambhīto (sī.)] pāvisi bhayamatīto.

Disvā isiṃ paviṭṭhaṃ, ahināgo dummano padhūpāyi;

Sumanamanaso adhimano [avimano (katthaci), navimano (syā.)], manussanāgopi tattha padhūpāyi.

Makkhañca asahamāno, ahināgo pāvakova pajjali;

Tejodhātusu kusalo, manussanāgopi tattha pajjali.

Ubhinnaṃ sajotibhūtānaṃ;

Agyāgāraṃ ādittaṃ hoti sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ;

Udicchare jaṭilā;

『『Abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo;

Nāgena viheṭhiyatī』』ti bhaṇanti.

Atha tassā rattiyā [atha rattiyā (sī. syā.)] accayena;

Hatā nāgassa acciyo honti [ahināgassa acciyo na honti (sī. syā.)];

Iddhimato pana ṭhitā [iddhimato panuṭṭhitā (sī.)];

Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.

Nīlā atha lohitikā;

Mañjiṭṭhā pītakā phalikavaṇṇāyo;

Aṅgīrasassa kāye;

Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.

Pattamhi odahitvā;

Ahināgaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassesi;

『『Ayaṃ te kassapa nāgo;

Pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo』』ti.

Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato iminā iddhipāṭihāriyena abhippasanno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『idheva, mahāsamaṇa, vihara, ahaṃ te [te upaṭṭhāmi (itipi)] dhuvabhattenā』』ti.

Paṭhamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.

1. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamassa avidūre aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ke nu kho te, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu , upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu 『『seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā』』ti. 『『Ete kho, kassapa, cattāro mahārājāno yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu dhammassavanāyā』』ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cattāropi mahārājāno upasaṅkamissanti dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

Dutiyaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.

1. Atha kho sakko devānamindo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami , upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā』』ti? 『『Eso kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā』』ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

Tatiyaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.

在尼連禪河邊,世尊對優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者說: "迦葉,如果你不介意,我們今天可以住在火室裡嗎?" "大沙門,我不介意; 只是爲了你的安樂才阻止你; 這裡有一條兇猛的龍王; 它有神通,毒性很強; 我怕它會傷害你。" "也許它不會傷害我; 迦葉,請允許我住在火室裡。" 知道已經允許后; 無畏的他進入,超越了恐懼。 看到仙人進來,龍不高興,噴出煙霧; 心情愉悅的人龍,也在那裡噴出煙霧。 龍無法忍受,像火一樣燃燒; 精通火界的人龍,也在那裡燃燒。 兩者都發出火焰; 火室看起來著火了,燃燒著,發出光芒; 結髮苦行者們站起來; 說:"啊,大沙門真是英俊; 被龍傷害了。" 那夜過後; 龍的火焰被熄滅了; 而有神通者的火焰仍在; 多彩的火焰出現。 藍色和紅色; 深紅色、黃色、水晶色; 在安吉拉薩(世尊)的身上; 出現了多彩的火焰。 把龍放在缽里; 給婆羅門看; "迦葉,這是你的龍; 它的威力已被我的威力制服了。" 然後,優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者因這個神變而對世尊生起信心,對世尊說:"大沙門,就住在這裡吧,我會供養你恒常的食物。" 第一個神變。 然後,世尊住在離優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者住處不遠的一片林地裡。這時,四大天王在深夜時分,以殊勝的容色照亮整個林地,走向世尊,走近後向世尊禮拜,然後站在四方,如同巨大的火堆。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者在那夜過後走向世尊,走近后對世尊說:"大沙門,時間到了,食物已準備好。大沙門,昨夜深夜時分,那些以殊勝的容色照亮整個林地,走向你,走近後向你禮拜,然後站在四方,如同巨大的火堆的是誰?""迦葉,那是四大天王,他們來聽法。"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,連四大天王都來聽法,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。"然後,世尊吃了優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者的食物后,仍住在那片林地裡。 第二個神變。 然後,天帝釋在深夜時分,以殊勝的容色照亮整個林地,走向世尊,走近後向世尊禮拜,然後站在一旁,如同巨大的火堆,比之前的容色更加殊勝和高貴。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者在那夜過後走向世尊,走近后對世尊說:"大沙門,時間到了,食物已準備好。大沙門,昨夜深夜時分,那個以殊勝的容色照亮整個林地,走向你,走近後向你禮拜,然後站在一旁,如同巨大的火堆,比之前的容色更加殊勝和高貴的是誰?""迦葉,那是天帝釋,他來聽法。"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,連天帝釋都來聽法,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。"然後,世尊吃了優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者的食物后,仍住在那片林地裡。 第三個神變。

1. Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā』』ti? 『『Eso kho, kassapa, brahmā sahampati yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā』』ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma brahmāpi sahampati upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

Catutthaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.

1. Tena kho pana samayena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamitukāmā honti . Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti. Sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati , mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. Aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṃ akāsi. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Kiṃ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, hiyyo nāgamāsi? Api ca mayaṃ taṃ sarāma – kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo nāgacchatīti? Khādanīyassa ca bhojanīyassa ca te paṭivīso [paṭiviṃso (sī.), paṭiviso (syā.)] ṭhapito』』ti. Nanu te, kassapa, etadahosi – 『『『etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti, sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati, aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā』ti. So kho ahaṃ, kassapa, tava cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṃ akāsi』』nti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānissati , na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

Pañcamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.

然後,娑婆世界主梵天在深夜時分,以殊勝的容色照亮整個林地,走向世尊,走近後向世尊禮拜,然後站在一旁,如同巨大的火堆,比之前的容色更加殊勝和高貴。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者在那夜過後走向世尊,走近后對世尊說:"大沙門,時間到了,食物已準備好。大沙門,昨夜深夜時分,那個以殊勝的容色照亮整個林地,走向你,走近後向你禮拜,然後站在一旁,如同巨大的火堆,比之前的容色更加殊勝和高貴的是誰?""迦葉,那是娑婆世界主梵天,他來聽法。"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,連娑婆世界主梵天都來聽法,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。"然後,世尊吃了優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者的食物后,仍住在那片林地裡。 第四個神變。 那時,優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者正準備舉行一個大祭祀,整個安哥(Aṅga)和摩揭陀(Magadha)地區的人都帶著大量的硬食軟食想要前來。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"現在我正準備舉行大祭祀,整個安哥和摩揭陀地區的人都會帶著大量的硬食軟食前來。如果大沙門在大眾面前施展神通,大沙門的利養和尊敬會增加,而我的利養和尊敬會減少。但願大沙門明天不要來。"世尊知道了優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者心中的想法,就去北俱盧洲(Uttarakuru)托缽,然後在無熱惱池(Anotatta)邊用餐,並在那裡度過白天。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者在那夜過後走向世尊,走近后對世尊說:"大沙門,時間到了,食物已準備好。大沙門,你昨天為什麼沒來?我們還記得你 - 大沙門為什麼不來呢?我們為你準備了一份硬食軟食。""迦葉,你不是這樣想的嗎:'現在我正準備舉行大祭祀,整個安哥和摩揭陀地區的人都會帶著大量的硬食軟食前來。如果大沙門在大眾面前施展神通,大沙門的利養和尊敬會增加,而我的利養和尊敬會減少。但願大沙門明天不要來。'迦葉,我知道了你心中的想法,就去北俱盧洲托缽,然後在無熱惱池邊用餐,並在那裡度過白天。"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,竟然能知道別人的心思,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。"然後,世尊吃了優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者的食物后,仍住在那片林地裡。 第五個神變。

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyya』』nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū』』ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyya』』nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatūti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『kimhi nu kho ahaṃ [ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ (ka.)] ālambitvā uttareyya』』nti? Atha kho kakudhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṃ onāmesi – idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratūti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyya』』nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetūti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『kālo , mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Kiṃ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, nāyaṃ pubbe idha pokkharaṇī, sāyaṃ idha pokkharaṇī. Nayimā silā pubbe upanikkhittā. Kenimā silā upanikkhittā? Nayimassa kakudhassa pubbe sākhā onatā, sāyaṃ sākhā onatā』』ti. Idha me, kassapa, paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ ahosi. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – 『『kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyya』』nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇitvā maṃ etadavoca – 『『idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū』』ti. Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena pāṇinā khaṇitā pokkharaṇī. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – 『『kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyya』』nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – 『『idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatū』』ti. Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena upanikkhittā silā. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – 『『kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā uttareyya』』nti? Atha kho, kassapa, kakudhe adhivatthā devatā ja mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṃ onāmesi – 『『idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū』』ti. Svāyaṃ āharahattho kakudho. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – 『『kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyya』』nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – 『『idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetū』』ti . Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena upanikkhittā silāti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo veyyāvaccaṃ karissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

那時,世尊有一件糞掃衣需要洗。世尊想:"我應該在哪裡洗這件糞掃衣呢?"這時,天帝釋知道了世尊心中的想法,用手挖了一個池塘,對世尊說:"世尊,請在這裡洗糞掃衣。"然後世尊想:"我應該在什麼上揉搓這件糞掃衣呢?"這時,天帝釋知道了世尊心中的想法,放下一塊大石頭,說:"世尊,請在這裡揉搓糞掃衣。"然後世尊想:"我應該扶著什麼上岸呢?"這時,住在卡庫達樹上的神明知道了世尊心中的想法,彎下一根樹枝,說:"世尊,請扶著這裡上岸。"然後世尊想:"我應該在哪裡晾曬這件糞掃衣呢?"這時,天帝釋知道了世尊心中的想法,放下一塊大石頭,說:"世尊,請在這裡晾曬糞掃衣。" 優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者在那夜過後走向世尊,走近后對世尊說:"大沙門,時間到了,食物已準備好。大沙門,這裡以前沒有池塘,現在怎麼有了池塘?這些石頭以前沒有放在這裡,是誰放的?這棵卡庫達樹的樹枝以前沒有彎下,現在怎麼彎下了?" "迦葉,我有一件糞掃衣需要洗。我想:'我應該在哪裡洗這件糞掃衣呢?'迦葉,這時天帝釋知道了我心中的想法,用手挖了一個池塘,對我說:'世尊,請在這裡洗糞掃衣。'迦葉,這個池塘是非人用手挖的。迦葉,我想:'我應該在什麼上揉搓這件糞掃衣呢?'迦葉,這時天帝釋知道了我心中的想法,放下一塊大石頭,說:'世尊,請在這裡揉搓糞掃衣。'迦葉,這塊石頭是非人放下的。迦葉,我想:'我應該扶著什麼上岸呢?'迦葉,這時住在卡庫達樹上的神明知道了我心中的想法,彎下一根樹枝,說:'世尊,請扶著這裡上岸。'迦葉,這棵卡庫達樹伸出了手。迦葉,我想:'我應該在哪裡晾曬這件糞掃衣呢?'迦葉,這時天帝釋知道了我心中的想法,放下一塊大石頭,說:'世尊,請在這裡晾曬糞掃衣。'迦葉,這塊石頭是非人放下的。" 優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,連天帝釋都來服侍他,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。"然後,世尊吃了優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者的食物后,仍住在那片林地裡。

Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi – 『『kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta』』nti. 『『Gaccha tvaṃ, kassapa, āyāmaha』』nti uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā 『jambudīpo』 paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『katamena tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? Ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno』』ti. 『『Idhāhaṃ, kassapa, taṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā 『jambudīpo』 paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. Idaṃ kho, kassapa, jambuphalaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ rasasampannaṃ. Sace ākaṅkhasi paribhuñjā』』ti. 『『Alaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃyeva taṃ arahasi , tvaṃyeva taṃ [tvaṃyevetaṃ āharasi, tvaṃyevetaṃ (sī. syā.)] paribhuñjāhī』』ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā 『jambudīpo』 paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

1. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi – 『『kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta』』nti. Gaccha tvaṃ, kassapa, āyāmahanti uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā 『jambudīpo』 paññāyati, tassā avidūre ambo…pe… tassā avidūre āmalakī…pe… tassā avidūre harītakī…pe… tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『katamena tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? Ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno』』ti. 『『Idhāhaṃ , kassapa, taṃ uyyojetvā tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. Idaṃ kho, kassapa, pāricchattakapupphaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ [sugandhikaṃ (ka.)]. (Sace ākaṅkhasi gaṇhā』』ti. 『『Alaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃyeva taṃ arahasi, tvaṃyeva taṃ gaṇhā』』ti) [( ) sī. syā. potthakesu natthi]. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti.

2. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti kaṭṭhāni phāletuṃ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – 『『nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma kaṭṭhāni phāletu』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – 『『phāliyantu, kassapa, kaṭṭhānī』』ti. 『『Phāliyantu, mahāsamaṇā』』ti. Sakideva pañca kaṭṭhasatāni phāliyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma kaṭṭhānipi phāliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti.

3. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti aggiṃ ujjaletuṃ [jāletuṃ (sī.), ujjalituṃ (ka.)]. Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – 『『nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggiṃ ujjaletu』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – 『『ujjaliyantu, kassapa, aggī』』ti. 『『Ujjaliyantu, mahāsamaṇā』』ti. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni ujjaliyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi ujjaliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti.

然後,優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者在那夜過後走向世尊,走近后通知世尊時間到了:"大沙門,時間到了,食物已準備好。""迦葉,你先去吧,我隨後就來。"世尊打發走優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者后,從那棵使瞻部洲(Jambudīpa)得名的閻浮樹上摘了果實,先一步來到火室坐下。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者看到世尊坐在火室裡,看到后對世尊說:"大沙門,你是從哪條路來的?我比你先走,你卻先一步來到火室坐下了。""迦葉,我打發你走後,從那棵使瞻部洲得名的閻浮樹上摘了果實,先一步來到火室坐下。迦葉,這是閻浮果,色香味俱全。如果你想要,就吃吧。""夠了,大沙門,這是你應得的,你自己吃吧。"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,竟然能在打發我先走後,從那棵使瞻部洲得名的閻浮樹上摘了果實,先一步來到火室坐下,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。"然後,世尊吃了優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者的食物后,仍住在那片林地裡。 然後,優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者在那夜過後走向世尊,走近后通知世尊時間到了:"大沙門,時間到了,食物已準備好。""迦葉,你先去吧,我隨後就來。"世尊打發走優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者后,從那棵使瞻部洲得名的閻浮樹不遠處的芒果樹...不遠處的阿摩勒樹...不遠處的訶黎勒樹...去了三十三天,摘了一朵巴利車多迦花,先一步來到火室坐下。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者看到世尊坐在火室裡,看到后對世尊說:"大沙門,你是從哪條路來的?我比你先走,你卻先一步來到火室坐下了。""迦葉,我打發你走後,去了三十三天,摘了一朵巴利車多迦花,先一步來到火室坐下。迦葉,這是巴利車多迦花,色香俱全。(如果你想要,就拿去吧。""夠了,大沙門,這是你應得的,你自己拿去吧。)"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,竟然能在打發我先走後,去了三十三天,摘了一朵巴利車多迦花,先一步來到火室坐下,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。" 那時,那些結髮苦行者想要侍奉火,卻無法劈開木柴。那些結髮苦行者想:"無疑是大沙門的神通力,使我們無法劈開木柴。"世尊對優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者說:"迦葉,讓木柴劈開吧。""大沙門,讓它們劈開吧。"一下子五百根木柴就劈開了。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,連木柴都能劈開,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。" 那時,那些結髮苦行者想要侍奉火,卻無法點燃火。那些結髮苦行者想:"無疑是大沙門的神通力,使我們無法點燃火。"世尊對優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者說:"迦葉,讓火點燃吧。""大沙門,讓它們點燃吧。"一下子五百堆火就點燃了。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,連火都能點燃,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。"

1. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritvā na sakkonti aggiṃ vijjhāpetuṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – 『『nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggiṃ vijjhāpetu』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – 『『vijjhāyantu, kassapa, aggī』』ti. 『『Vijjhāyantu, mahāsamaṇā』』ti. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni vijjhāyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi vijjhāyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti.

2. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye najjā nerañjarāya ummujjantipi, nimujjantipi, ummujjananimujjanampi karonti. Atha kho bhagavā pañcamattāni mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini, yattha te jaṭilā uttaritvā visibbesuṃ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – 『『nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathayimā mandāmukhiyo nimmitā』』ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma tāva bahū mandāmukhiyopi abhinimminissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti.

3. Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho pāvassi, mahā udakavāhako sañjāyi. Yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati, so padeso udakena na otthaṭo [udakena otthaṭo (sī. syā.)] hoti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『yaṃnūnāhaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkameyya』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkami. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo – māheva kho mahāsamaṇo udakena vūḷho ahosīti nāvāya sambahulehi jaṭilehi saddhiṃ yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati taṃ padesaṃ agamāsi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『idaṃ nu tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇā』』ti? 『『Ayamahamasmi [āma ahamasmi (syā.)], kassapā』』ti bhagavā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā nāvāya paccuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – 『『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma udakampi na pavāhissati [nappasahissati (sī.)], na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』』nti.

4. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – 『『cirampi kho imassa moghapurisassa evaṃ bhavissati – 『mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha』nti; yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ jaṭilaṃ saṃvejeyya』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – 『『neva ca kho tvaṃ, kassapa, arahā, nāpi arahattamaggasamāpanno. Sāpi te paṭipadā natthi, yāya tvaṃ arahā vā assasi, arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpanno』』ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada』』nti. Tvaṃ khosi, kassapa, pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Tepi tāva apalokehi, yathā te maññissanti tathā te karissantīti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo yena te jaṭilā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te jaṭile etadavoca – 『『icchāmahaṃ , bho, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, yathā bhavanto maññanti tathā karontū』』ti. 『『Cirapaṭikā mayaṃ, bho, mahāsamaṇe abhippasannā, sace bhavaṃ, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissati, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā』』ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada』』nti. 『『Etha bhikkhavo』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

那時,那些結髮苦行者侍奉完火后,卻無法熄滅火。那些結髮苦行者想:"無疑是大沙門的神通力,使我們無法熄滅火。"世尊對優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者說:"迦葉,讓火熄滅吧。""大沙門,讓它們熄滅吧。"一下子五百堆火就熄滅了。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,連火都能熄滅,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。" 那時,在冬季的寒冷夜晚,八日之間下雪的時候,那些結髮苦行者在尼連禪河(Nerañjarā)中浮出水面,沉入水中,反覆浮沉。世尊變化出約五百個火盆,讓那些結髮苦行者上岸后可以烤乾。那些結髮苦行者想:"無疑是大沙門的神通力,變化出這些火盆。"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,竟然能變化出這麼多火盆,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。" 那時,一場大雨不合時宜地下了下來,形成了大洪水。世尊所住的地方沒有被水淹沒。世尊想:"我應該把周圍的水推開,在中間塵土飛揚的地上行走。"世尊就把周圍的水推開,在中間塵土飛揚的地上行走。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者擔心大沙門被水沖走,就和許多結髮苦行者一起乘船來到世尊所住的地方。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者看到世尊把周圍的水推開,在中間塵土飛揚的地上行走,看到后對世尊說:"大沙門,這是你嗎?""迦葉,是我。"世尊升到空中,落在船上。優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者想:"大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,連水都不能沖走他,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。" 世尊想:"這個愚人長久以來一直這樣想:'大沙門確實有大神通力、大威力,但他還不是阿羅漢,像我這樣。'我應該使這個結髮苦行者感到震驚。"世尊對優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者說:"迦葉,你既不是阿羅漢,也沒有進入阿羅漢道。你沒有那種修行,可以成為阿羅漢或進入阿羅漢道。"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者俯身頂禮世尊雙足,對世尊說:"尊者,我可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我可以受具足戒嗎?""迦葉,你是五百位結髮苦行者的領袖、導師、首領、首要、最高者。你應該先告訴他們,他們會按照自己的想法行事。"優樓頻螺迦葉結髮苦行者走向那些結髮苦行者,走近后對那些結髮苦行者說:"諸位,我想在大沙門座下修梵行,請諸位按自己的想法行事。""先生,我們長久以來就對大沙門有信心,如果先生要在大沙門座下修梵行,我們所有人都會在大沙門座下修梵行。"然後,那些結髮苦行者把頭髮、結髮、背囊和火祭用具都扔進水裡,走向世尊,走近后俯身頂禮世尊雙足,對世尊說:"尊者,我們可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我們可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘們。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那些尊者的具足戒。

1. Addasā kho nadīkassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi – 『『māheva me bhātuno upasaggo ahosī』』ti. Jaṭile pāhesi – gacchatha me bhātaraṃ jānāthāti. Sāmañca tīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ etadavoca – 『『idaṃ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo』』ti? 『『Āmāvuso, idaṃ seyyo』』ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada』』nti. 『『Etha bhikkhavo』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

2. Addasā kho gayākassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi – 『『māheva me bhātūnaṃ upasaggo ahosī』』ti. Jaṭile pāhesi – gacchatha me bhātaro jānāthāti. Sāmañca dvīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ etadavoca – 『『idaṃ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo』』ti? 『『Āmāvuso, idaṃ seyyo』』ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada』』nti. 『『Etha bhikkhavo』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

Bhagavato adhiṭṭhānena pañca kaṭṭhasatāni na phāliyiṃsu, phāliyiṃsu; aggī na ujjaliyiṃsu, ujjaliyiṃsu; na vijjhāyiṃsu, vijjhāyiṃsu; pañcamandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini. Etena nayena aḍḍhuḍḍhapāṭihāriyasahassāni honti.

1. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena gayāsīsaṃ tena pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā gayāyaṃ viharati gayāsīse saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

[saṃ. ni.

那提迦葉結髮苦行者看到頭髮、結髮、背囊和火祭用具在水中漂流,看到后想:"別是我哥哥出了什麼事。"他派結髮苦行者去:"去看看我哥哥怎麼樣了。"他自己和三百位結髮苦行者一起走向尊者優樓頻螺迦葉,走近后對尊者優樓頻螺迦葉說:"迦葉,這樣更好嗎?""是的,賢友,這樣更好。"然後,那些結髮苦行者把頭髮、結髮、背囊和火祭用具都扔進水裡,走向世尊,走近后俯身頂禮世尊雙足,對世尊說:"尊者,我們可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我們可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘們。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那些尊者的具足戒。 伽耶迦葉結髮苦行者看到頭髮、結髮、背囊和火祭用具在水中漂流,看到后想:"別是我哥哥們出了什麼事。"他派結髮苦行者去:"去看看我哥哥們怎麼樣了。"他自己和二百位結髮苦行者一起走向尊者優樓頻螺迦葉,走近后對尊者優樓頻螺迦葉說:"迦葉,這樣更好嗎?""是的,賢友,這樣更好。"然後,那些結髮苦行者把頭髮、結髮、背囊和火祭用具都扔進水裡,走向世尊,走近后俯身頂禮世尊雙足,對世尊說:"尊者,我們可以在世尊座下出家嗎?我們可以受具足戒嗎?""來吧,比丘們。"世尊說,"法已善說,為完全止息苦而行梵行。"這就是那些尊者的具足戒。 通過世尊的決意,五百根木柴沒有劈開,又劈開了;火沒有點燃,又點燃了;沒有熄滅,又熄滅了;變化出五百個火盆。按這種方式,共有一千五百個神變。 然後,世尊在優樓頻螺(Uruvelā)住了一段時間后,和一大群比丘一起,與一千位比丘 - 全都是從前的結髮苦行者 - 向伽耶山頂(Gayāsīsa)出發。世尊在伽耶(Gayā)的伽耶山頂與一千位比丘一起住下。在那裡,世尊對比丘們說:

4.29] 『『Sabbaṃ , bhikkhave, ādittaṃ. Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ ādittaṃ? Cakkhu ādittaṃ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, cakkhusamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Sotaṃ ādittaṃ, saddā ādittā, sotaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, sotasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Ghānaṃ ādittaṃ, gandhā ādittā, ghānaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, ghānasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Jivhā ādittā, rasā ādittā, jivhāviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ jivhāsamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Kāyo āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, kāyaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ kāyasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Mano āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ manosamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.

『『Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati, rūpesupi nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇepi nibbindati, cakkhusamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tasmimpi nibbindati. Sotasmimpi nibbindati, saddesupi nibbindati…pe… ghānasmimpi nibbindati , gandhesupi nibbindati…pe… jivhāyapi nibbindati, rasesupi nibbindati…pe… kāyasmimpi nibbindati, phoṭṭhabbesupi nibbindati…pe… manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tasmimpi nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānātī』』ti.

Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.

Ādittapariyāyasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Uruvelapāṭihāriyaṃ tatiyabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.

1. Bimbisārasamāgamakathā

"比丘們,一切都在燃燒。比丘們,什麼是一切在燃燒?眼在燃燒,色在燃燒,眼識在燃燒,眼觸在燃燒,凡由眼觸為緣所生的受,或樂或苦或不苦不樂,那也在燃燒。被什麼燃燒?我說被貪火、嗔火、癡火燃燒,被生、老、死、憂、悲、苦、惱、絕望燃燒。耳在燃燒,聲在燃燒,耳識在燃燒,耳觸在燃燒,凡由耳觸為緣所生的受,或樂或苦或不苦不樂,那也在燃燒。被什麼燃燒?我說被貪火、嗔火、癡火燃燒,被生、老、死、憂、悲、苦、惱、絕望燃燒。鼻在燃燒,香在燃燒,鼻識在燃燒,鼻觸在燃燒,凡由鼻觸為緣所生的受,或樂或苦或不苦不樂,那也在燃燒。被什麼燃燒?我說被貪火、嗔火、癡火燃燒,被生、老、死、憂、悲、苦、惱、絕望燃燒。舌在燃燒,味在燃燒,舌識在燃燒,舌觸在燃燒,凡由舌觸為緣所生的受,或樂或苦或不苦不樂,那也在燃燒。被什麼燃燒?我說被貪火、嗔火、癡火燃燒,被生、老、死、憂、悲、苦、惱、絕望燃燒。身在燃燒,觸在燃燒,身識在燃燒,身觸在燃燒,凡由身觸為緣所生的受,或樂或苦或不苦不樂,那也在燃燒。被什麼燃燒?我說被貪火、嗔火、癡火燃燒,被生、老、死、憂、悲、苦、惱、絕望燃燒。意在燃燒,法在燃燒,意識在燃燒,意觸在燃燒,凡由意觸為緣所生的受,或樂或苦或不苦不樂,那也在燃燒。被什麼燃燒?我說被貪火、嗔火、癡火燃燒,被生、老、死、憂、悲、苦、惱、絕望燃燒。 比丘們,多聞聖弟子如是觀察,便於眼厭離,於色厭離,于眼識厭離,于眼觸厭離,凡由眼觸為緣所生的受,或樂或苦或不苦不樂,于彼亦厭離。于耳厭離,于聲厭離...于鼻厭離,于香厭離...于舌厭離,于味厭離...于身厭離,于觸厭離...于意厭離,於法厭離,于意識厭離,于意觸厭離,凡由意觸為緣所生的受,或樂或苦或不苦不樂,于彼亦厭離。厭離則離貪,離貪則解脫,解脫則有解脫智,知:'生已盡,梵行已立,所作已辦,不受後有。'" 當這個解說被宣說時,那一千位比丘的心無取著而從諸漏解脫。 《燃燒經》終。 優樓頻螺神變第三誦分終。 頻婆娑羅王集會的故事

1. Atha kho bhagavā gayāsīse yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena rājagahaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane [laṭṭhivanuyyāne (syā.)] suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. Assosi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro – samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito rājagahaṃ anuppatto rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. Taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ [bhavantaṃ (ka.)] gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā [bhagavāti (ka.)]. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti.

Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro dvādasanahutehi [dvādasaniyutehi (yojanā)] māgadhikehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tepi kho dvādasanahutā māgadhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ [dvādasaniyutānaṃ (yojanā)] māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – 『『kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṃ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratī』』ti? Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

『『Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi, pahāsi aggiṃ kisakovadāno;

Pucchāmi taṃ kassapa, etamatthaṃ kathaṃ pahīnaṃ tava aggihuttanti.

『『Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca;

Kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā;

Etaṃ malanti upadhīsu ñatvā;

Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjinti.

『『Ettheva te mano na ramittha (kassapāti bhagavā);

Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu;

Atha ko carahi devamanussaloke;

Rato mano kassapa, brūhi metanti.

『『Disvā padaṃ santamanūpadhīkaṃ;

Akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ;

Anaññathābhāvimanaññaneyyaṃ;

Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañji』』nti.

1. Atha kho āyasmā uruvelakassapo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi; satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī』』ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – 『『uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratī』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva ekādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ bimbisārappamukhānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Ekanahutaṃ upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesi.

然後,世尊在伽耶山頂住了一段時間后,向王舍城(Rājagaha)出發遊行,與一大群比丘一起,與一千位比丘 - 全都是從前的結髮苦行者。世尊逐步遊行,最後到達了王舍城。在那裡,世尊住在王舍城的竹林精舍(Laṭṭhivana)善住塔(Suppatiṭṭha)。摩揭陀國(Magadha)國王頻婆娑羅(Bimbisāra)聽說:"據說,釋迦族(Sakya)的兒子、從釋迦族出家的沙門喬達摩已經到達王舍城,住在竹林精舍善住塔。關於這位喬達摩尊者,有這樣美好的名聲傳開:'這位世尊是阿羅漢、正等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛、世尊。'他以自己的智慧證悟並宣說這個有天、魔、梵天的世界,這個有沙門、婆羅門、天、人的眾生界。他宣說的法,初善、中善、后善,有義有文,顯示完全圓滿清凈的梵行。見到這樣的阿羅漢是好事。" 然後,摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅與十二萬摩揭陀婆羅門居士一起走向世尊,走近後向世尊禮拜,然後坐在一旁。那十二萬摩揭陀婆羅門居士中,有些向世尊禮拜後坐在一旁,有些與世尊互相問候,寒暄後坐在一旁,有些向世尊合掌後坐在一旁,有些在世尊面前報上姓名後坐在一旁,有些默默地坐在一旁。那十二萬摩揭陀婆羅門居士想:"大沙門是在優樓頻螺迦葉座下修梵行,還是優樓頻螺迦葉在大沙門座下修梵行?"世尊知道了那十二萬摩揭陀婆羅門居士心中的想法,用偈頌對尊者優樓頻螺迦葉說: "優樓頻螺住者,見何而舍火? 迦葉,我問你,如何舍火祭?" "色聲及味等,女欲為祭品, 知此為垢穢,故不祭不供。" "迦葉,(世尊說)你的心不樂於此, 色聲及味等, 那麼在天人世界中, 你的心樂於何?迦葉,請告訴我。" "見寂靜無依處,無所有不著欲有, 不變異非他所知, 故不祭不供。" 然後,尊者優樓頻螺迦葉從座位起身,整理上衣搭在一肩,俯身頂禮世尊雙足,對世尊說:"尊者,世尊是我的老師,我是弟子;尊者,世尊是我的老師,我是弟子。"那十二萬摩揭陀婆羅門居士想:"優樓頻螺迦葉在大沙門座下修梵行。"世尊知道了那十二萬摩揭陀婆羅門居士心中的想法,就為他們循序漸進地說法,即:說佈施、持戒、生天的話,說慾望的過患、卑賤、污穢,說出離的功德。當世尊知道他們的心已經準備好、柔軟、沒有障礙、愉悅、明凈時,就開示諸佛特有的法義:苦、集、滅、道。就像乾淨的布料已經去除了污垢,很容易染上顏色,同樣地,以頻婆娑羅為首的十一萬摩揭陀婆羅門居士就在那個座位上遠塵離垢,生起了法眼:凡是有生起的性質的,都是有滅盡的性質。一萬人證悟優婆塞果位。

1. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato etadahosi – 『aho vata maṃ rajje abhisiñceyyu』nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. 『Tassa ca me vijitaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho okkameyyā』ti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, dutiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. 『Tañcāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāseyya』nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, tatiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. 『So ca me bhagavā dhammaṃ deseyyā』ti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, catuttho assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. 『Tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ ājāneyya』nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, pañcamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato ime pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante, seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ [maṃ bhante (ka.)], bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ, adhivāsetu ca me, bhante, bhagavā , svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti . Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – 『『kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta』』nti.

2. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ pāvisi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa purato purato gacchati imā gāthāyo gāyamāno –

『『Danto dantehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, vippamutto vippamuttehi;

Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.

『『Mutto muttehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, vippamutto vippamuttehi;

Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.

『『Tiṇṇo tiṇṇehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi;

Vippamutto vippamuttehi;

Siṅgīnikkhasuvaṇṇo;

Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.

『『Santo santehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi;

Vippamutto vippamuttehi;

Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo;

Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.

『『Dasavāso dasabalo, dasadhammavidū dasabhi cupeto;

So dasasataparivāro [parivārako (ka.)] rājagahaṃ, pāvisi bhagavā』』ti.

Manussā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ passitvā evamāhaṃsu – 『『abhirūpo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, dassanīyo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, pāsādiko vatāyaṃ māṇavako. Kassa nu kho ayaṃ māṇavako』』ti? Evaṃ vutte sakko devānamindo te manusse gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

『『Yo dhīro sabbadhi danto, suddho appaṭipuggalo;

Arahaṃ sugato loke, tassāhaṃ paricārako』』ti.

然後,摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅見法、得法、知法、深入法,度疑、離惑,得無所畏,不依他信,在師教中,對世尊說:"尊者,我年輕時有五個願望,現在都實現了。尊者,我年輕時想:'啊,愿我能被灌頂為王!'這是我的第一個願望,現在已經實現了。'愿阿羅漢、正等正覺者來到我的國土!'這是我的第二個願望,現在已經實現了。'愿我能親近那位世尊!'這是我的第三個願望,現在已經實現了。'愿那位世尊為我說法!'這是我的第四個願望,現在已經實現了。'愿我能理解那位世尊的法!'這是我的第五個願望,現在已經實現了。尊者,我年輕時有這五個願望,現在都實現了。太奇妙了,尊者!太奇妙了,尊者!就像有人扶起倒下的東西,揭開遮蔽的東西,為迷路者指路,在黑暗中舉起油燈,讓有眼睛的人能看見東西。同樣地,世尊以種種方便說法。尊者,我皈依世尊、法和比丘僧團。愿世尊接受我為優婆塞,從今天起終生皈依。請世尊接受我明天的供養,與比丘僧團一起。"世尊以沉默表示接受。然後,摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅知道世尊已經接受,就從座位起身,向世尊禮拜,右繞后離開。然後,摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅在那夜過後,準備了精美的硬食軟食,讓人通知世尊時間到了:"尊者,時間到了,食物已準備好。" 然後,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,與一大群比丘一起,與一千位比丘 - 全都是從前的結髮苦行者,進入王舍城。那時,天帝釋化現成年輕人的樣子,走在以佛陀為首的比丘僧團前面,唱著這些偈頌: "調御者與調御者,與昔日結髮苦行者, 解脫者與解脫者, 金色光輝的世尊,進入王舍城。 解脫者與解脫者,與昔日結髮苦行者, 解脫者與解脫者, 金色光輝的世尊,進入王舍城。 度脫者與度脫者,與昔日結髮苦行者, 解脫者與解脫者, 金色光輝的世尊,進入王舍城。 寂靜者與寂靜者,與昔日結髮苦行者, 解脫者與解脫者, 金色光輝的世尊,進入王舍城。 十住、十力、十法智、具足十法, 世尊與千位隨從,進入王舍城。" 人們看到天帝釋,就說:"這個年輕人真英俊,這個年輕人真好看,這個年輕人真莊嚴。這個年輕人是誰的呢?"聽到這話,天帝釋用偈頌回答那些人: "智者一切調御,清凈無與倫比, 世間阿羅漢善逝,我是他的侍者。"

1. Atha kho bhagavā yena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi [cūḷava. 307] – 『『kattha nu kho bhagavā vihareyya? Yaṃ assa gāmato neva avidūre na accāsanne, gamanāgamanasampannaṃ, atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ, divā appākiṇṇaṃ [appakiṇṇaṃ (sī. syā.), abbhokiṇṇaṃ (ka.)], rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ, manussarāhasseyyakaṃ, paṭisallānasāruppa』』nti. Atha kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi – 『『idaṃ kho amhākaṃ veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ gāmato neva avidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamanasampannaṃ atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ divā appākiṇṇaṃ rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ manussarāhasseyyakaṃ paṭisallānasāruppaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dadeyya』』nti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sovaṇṇamayaṃ bhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā bhagavato oṇojesi – 『『etāhaṃ, bhante, veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī』』ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāma』』nti.

Bimbisārasamāgamakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā

然後,世尊走向摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅的住處,走近後坐在準備好的座位上,與比丘僧團一起。然後,摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅親手以精美的硬食軟食供養以佛陀為首的比丘僧團,使他們滿足。當世尊用完餐,放下缽,洗完手后,國王坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅想:"世尊應該住在哪裡呢?應該是離村莊既不太遠也不太近,來往方便,想見佛的人容易到達,白天人不多,晚上安靜無噪音,空氣清新,適合隱居,適合禪修的地方。"然後,摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅想:"我們的竹林園離村莊既不太遠也不太近,來往方便,想見佛的人容易到達,白天人不多,晚上安靜無噪音,空氣清新,適合隱居,適合禪修。我應該把竹林園供養給以佛陀為首的比丘僧團。"然後,摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅拿起金水瓶,向世尊澆水說:"尊者,我把這竹林園供養給以佛陀為首的比丘僧團。"世尊接受了這個園林。然後,世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞摩揭陀國國王頻婆娑羅,然後從座位起身離開。然後,世尊因這緣由、這場合,作了法語開示后,對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許接受園林。" 頻婆娑羅王集會的故事結束。 舍利弗和目犍連出家的故事

1. Tena kho pana samayena sañcayo [sañjayo (sī. syā.)] paribbājako rājagahe paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi. Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānā sañcaye paribbājake brahmacariyaṃ caranti. Tehi katikā katā hoti – yo paṭhamaṃ amataṃ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetūti. Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena, okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno. Addasā kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – 『『ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhu aññataro. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṃ – 『kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī』』』ti? Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – 『『akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ, atthikehi upaññātaṃ magga』』nti. Atha kho āyasmā assaji rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. Atha kho sāriputtopi paribbājako yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā assajinā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ etadavoca – 『『vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī』』ti? 『『Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemī』』ti. 『『Kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā, kimakkhāyī』』ti? 『『Ahaṃ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito, adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na tāhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmī』』ti. Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ etadavoca – 『『hotu, āvuso –

『『Appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃyeva me brūhi;

Attheneva me attho, kiṃ kāhasi byañjanaṃ bahu』』nti.

Atha kho āyasmā assaji sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi –

[apa. 1.1.286 therāpadānepi] 『『Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha;

Tesañca yo nirodho, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo』』ti.

Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – 『『yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma』』nti.

[apa. 1.1.289 therāpadānepi] Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, paccabyattha padamasokaṃ;

Adiṭṭhaṃ abbhatītaṃ, bahukehi kappanahutehīti.

那時,散若遊方者與兩千五百位遊方者一起住在王舍城。那時,舍利弗和目犍連在散若遊方者座下修梵行。他們約定:"誰先證得不死,就告訴另一個人。"那時,尊者阿說示在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,進入王舍城乞食,舉止莊嚴,前進後退、觀看、環顧、屈伸都很優雅,眼睛下視,威儀具足。遊方者舍利弗看到尊者阿說示在王舍城乞食,舉止莊嚴,前進後退、觀看、環顧、屈伸都很優雅,眼睛下視,威儀具足。看到后想:"世上若有阿羅漢或已入阿羅漢道者,這位比丘必定是其中之一。我應該走近這位比丘,問他:'賢友,你為誰出家?誰是你的老師?你喜歡誰的法?'"然後,遊方者舍利弗又想:"現在不是問這位比丘的時候,他已進入人家乞食。我應該跟在這位比丘後面,因為有需要的人會知道這條路。"然後,尊者阿說示在王舍城乞食完畢,拿著乞得的食物返回。然後,遊方者舍利弗走向尊者阿說示,走近后與尊者阿說示互相問候,寒暄後站在一旁。站在一旁的遊方者舍利弗對尊者阿說示說:"賢友,你的諸根清凈,膚色純凈明亮。賢友,你為誰出家?誰是你的老師?你喜歡誰的法?""賢友,有位大沙門,釋迦族的兒子,從釋迦族出家,我為那位世尊出家。那位世尊是我的老師,我喜歡那位世尊的法。""尊者的老師是什麼教說,宣說什麼?""賢友,我是新出家不久,剛來到這法律中,我不能詳細地說法,但我可以簡要地告訴你意思。"然後,遊方者舍利弗對尊者阿說示說:"賢友,好吧 - 無論多少請說,只要告訴我意思; 我只需要意思,何必多說文字?" 然後,尊者阿說示對遊方者舍利弗說了這個法義: "諸法從因生,如來說其因; 及彼之滅盡,大沙門如是說。" 然後,遊方者舍利弗聽了這個法義后,遠塵離垢,生起了法眼:"凡是有生起的性質的,都是有滅盡的性質。" "如果這就是法,你已經證得無憂之地; 多少劫以來未見未證之法。"

1. Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako yena moggallāno paribbājako tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – 『『vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kacci nu tvaṃ, āvuso, amataṃ adhigato』』ti? 『『Āmāvuso, amataṃ adhigato』』ti. 『『Yathākathaṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, amataṃ adhigato』』ti? 『『Idhāhaṃ, āvuso, addasaṃ assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Disvāna me etadahosi – 『ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhu aññataro. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṃ – kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī』』』ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso, etadahosi – 『『akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ atthikehi upaññātaṃ magga』』nti. Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. Atha khvāhaṃ, āvuso, yena assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṃ, upasaṅkamitvā assajinā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ sammodiṃ, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho ahaṃ, āvuso, assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocaṃ – 『『vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. 『Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī』』』ti? 『Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemī』ti. 『Kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyī』ti . 『Ahaṃ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na tāhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmī』』』ti . Atha khvāhaṃ, āvuso, assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocaṃ – 『『hotu, āvuso,

Appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃyeva me brūhi;

Attheneva me attho, kiṃ kāhasi byañjanaṃ bahu』』nti.

Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi –

『『Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha;

Tesañca yo nirodho, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo』』ti.

Atha kho moggallānassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.

Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, paccabyattha padamasokaṃ;

Adiṭṭhaṃ abbhatītaṃ, bahukehi kappanahutehīti.

然後,遊方者舍利弗走向遊方者目犍連。遊方者目犍連遠遠地看到遊方者舍利弗走來,看到后對遊方者舍利弗說:"賢友,你的諸根清凈,膚色純凈明亮。賢友,你是否已經證得不死?" "是的,賢友,我已證得不死。" "賢友,你是如何證得不死的?" "賢友,我在這裡看到比丘阿說示在王舍城乞食,舉止莊嚴,前進後退、觀看、環顧、屈伸都很優雅,眼睛下視,威儀具足。看到后我想:'世上若有阿羅漢或已入阿羅漢道者,這位比丘必定是其中之一。我應該走近這位比丘,問他:賢友,你為誰出家?誰是你的老師?你喜歡誰的法?'賢友,我又想:'現在不是問這位比丘的時候,他已進入人家乞食。我應該跟在這位比丘後面,因為有需要的人會知道這條路。'然後,賢友,比丘阿說示在王舍城乞食完畢,拿著乞得的食物返回。然後,賢友,我走向比丘阿說示,走近后與比丘阿說示互相問候,寒暄後站在一旁。站在一旁的我對比丘阿說示說:'賢友,你的諸根清凈,膚色純凈明亮。賢友,你為誰出家?誰是你的老師?你喜歡誰的法?''賢友,有位大沙門,釋迦族的兒子,從釋迦族出家,我為那位世尊出家。那位世尊是我的老師,我喜歡那位世尊的法。''尊者的老師是什麼教說,宣說什麼?''賢友,我是新出家不久,剛來到這法律中,我不能詳細地說法,但我可以簡要地告訴你意思。'然後,賢友,我對比丘阿說示說:'賢友,好吧 - 無論多少請說,只要告訴我意思; 我只需要意思,何必多說文字?' 然後,賢友,比丘阿說示說了這個法義: '諸法從因生,如來說其因; 及彼之滅盡,大沙門如是說。'" 然後,遊方者目犍連聽了這個法義后,遠塵離垢,生起了法眼:"凡是有生起的性質的,都是有滅盡的性質。" "如果這就是法,你已經證得無憂之地; 多少劫以來未見未證之法。"

1. Atha kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca 『『gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā』』ti. 『『Imāni kho, āvuso, aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni amhe nissāya amhe sampassantā idha viharanti, tepi tāva apalokema [apalokāma (ka)]. Yathā te maññissanti, tathā te karissantī』』ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena te paribbājakā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā te paribbājake etadavocuṃ – 『『gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā』』ti. 『『Mayaṃ āyasmante nissāya āyasmante sampassantā idha viharāma, sace āyasmantā mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissanti, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā』』ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena sañcayo paribbājako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā sañcayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā』』ti. 『『Alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā』』ti. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho sāriputtamoggallānā sañcayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā』』ti. 『『Alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā』』ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā tāni aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni ādāya yena veḷuvanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Sañcayassa pana paribbājakassa tattheva uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggañchi.

Addasā kho bhagavā [bhagavāte (ka)] sāriputtamoggallāne dūratova āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『ete, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā āgacchanti, kolito upatisso ca. Etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayuga』』nti.

Gambhīre ñāṇavisaye, anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye;

Vimutte appatte veḷuvanaṃ, atha ne satthā byākāsi.

Ete dve sahāyakā, āgacchanti kolito upatisso ca;

Etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ, bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayuganti.

Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu , upasaṅkamitvā

Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada』』nti. 『『Etha bhikkhavo』』ti bhagavā avoca – 『『svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

Abhiññātānaṃ pabbajjā

然後,遊方者目犍連對遊方者舍利弗說:"賢友,我們去世尊那裡吧,他是我們的老師。""賢友,這裡有兩百五十位遊方者依靠我們,仰望我們而住。我們應該先告訴他們。他們會按自己的想法行事。"然後,舍利弗和目犍連走向那些遊方者,走近后對那些遊方者說:"賢友們,我們要去世尊那裡,他是我們的老師。" "我們依靠尊者們,仰望尊者們而住在這裡。如果尊者們要在大沙門座下修梵行,我們也都要在大沙門座下修梵行。" 然後,舍利弗和目犍連走向散若遊方者,走近后對散若遊方者說:"賢友,我們要去世尊那裡,他是我們的老師。" "夠了,賢友們,不要去。我們三人一起帶領這個團體。" 舍利弗和目犍連第二次...第三次對散若遊方者說:"賢友,我們要去世尊那裡,他是我們的老師。" "夠了,賢友們,不要去。我們三人一起帶領這個團體。" 然後,舍利弗和目犍連帶著那兩百五十位遊方者走向竹林園。散若遊方者就在那裡吐出熱血。 世尊遠遠地看到舍利弗和目犍連走來,看到后對比丘們說:"比丘們,這兩個朋友來了,拘律陀和優波提舍。這將是我的上首弟子對,最殊勝的賢善對。" "在深奧的智慧境界,無上的依著滅盡, 解脫但未到達竹林園時,老師就預言了他們。 這兩個朋友來了,拘律陀和優波提舍, 這將是我的上首弟子對,最殊勝的賢善對。" 然後,舍利弗和目犍連走向世尊,走近后俯身頂禮世尊雙足,對世尊說:"尊者,愿我們能在世尊座下出家,愿我們能受具足戒。" 世尊說:"來吧,比丘們。法已善說,為完全終結苦而修梵行吧。"這就是那些尊者的具足戒。 著名人士的出家

1. Tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – aputtakatāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, vedhabyāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, kulupacchedāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, idāni anena jaṭilasahassaṃ pabbājitaṃ, imāni ca aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni sañcayāni [sañjeyyāni (sī.), sañjayāni (syā.)] pabbājitāni. Ime ca abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṃ carantīti. Apissu bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti –

『『Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbajaṃ;

Sabbe sañcaye netvāna [sañjeyyake netvā (sī.)], kaṃsu dāni nayissatī』』ti.

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, so saddo ciraṃ bhavissati, sattāhameva bhavissati, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissati. Tena hi, bhikkhave, ye tumhe imāya gāthāya codenti –

『『Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbajaṃ;

Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, kaṃsu dāni nayissatī』』ti.

Te tumhe imāya gāthāya paṭicodetha –

『『Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, saddhammena tathāgatā;

Dhammena nayamānānaṃ [nīyamānānaṃ (ka.)], kā usūyā [ussuyā (ka.)] vijānata』』nti.

Tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti –

『『Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbajaṃ;

Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, kaṃsu dāni nayissatī』』ti.

Bhikkhū te manusse imāya gāthāya paṭicodenti –

『『Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, saddhammena tathāgatā;

Dhammena nayamānānaṃ, kā usūyā vijānata』』nti.

Manussā dhammena kira samaṇā sakyaputtiyā nenti no adhammenāti sattāhameva so saddo ahosi, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyi.

Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā niṭṭhitā.

Catutthabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.

1. Upajjhāyavattakathā

那時,許多著名的摩揭陀族貴族子弟在世尊座下修梵行。人們抱怨、批評、散佈流言說:"沙門喬達摩讓人無子,沙門喬達摩讓人成為寡婦,沙門喬達摩讓家族斷絕。他現在已經讓一千個結髮苦行者出家,又讓散若的兩百五十個遊方者出家。現在這些著名的摩揭陀族貴族子弟在沙門喬達摩座下修梵行。"他們看到比丘就用這個偈頌諷刺: "大沙門來到,摩揭陀山城, 帶走散若眾,現在又帶誰?" 比丘們聽到了那些人的抱怨、批評和散佈的流言。然後,那些比丘把這件事告訴了世尊...世尊說:"比丘們,這種說法不會持續很久,只會持續七天,七天後就會消失。因此,比丘們,如果有人用這個偈頌諷刺你們: '大沙門來到,摩揭陀山城, 帶走散若眾,現在又帶誰?' 你們就用這個偈頌迴應他們: '大雄以正法,如來引導人, 以法而引導,智者何嫉妒?'" 那時,人們看到比丘就用這個偈頌諷刺: "大沙門來到,摩揭陀山城, 帶走散若眾,現在又帶誰?" 比丘們用這個偈頌迴應那些人: "大雄以正法,如來引導人, 以法而引導,智者何嫉妒?" 人們說:"原來釋迦子沙門是以法引導,不是以非法引導。"這種說法只持續了七天,七天後就消失了。 舍利弗和目犍連出家的故事結束。 第四誦分結束。 關於依止師職責的故事

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anācariyakā [idaṃ padaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi] anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti; manussānaṃ [te manussānaṃ (ka.)] bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane』』ti.

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissantī』』ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – 『『saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharantī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – 『『ananucchavikaṃ, bhikkhave, tesaṃ moghapurisānaṃ ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. Atha khvetaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānañceva appasādāya, pasannānañca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhitāya [asantuṭṭhiyā (sī.), asantuṭṭhatāya (syā)] saṅgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa [viriyārambhassa (sī. syā.)] vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

那時,有些比丘沒有依止師,沒有阿阇黎,沒有人教導,沒有人指導,衣著不整齊,威儀不端正,出去乞食;在人們吃飯時,把缽伸到食物上方,把缽伸到硬食上方,把缽伸到軟食上方,把缽伸到飲料上方;自己要求湯和飯來吃;在食堂里大聲喧譁。人們抱怨、批評、散佈流言說:"為什麼釋迦子沙門衣著不整齊,威儀不端正,出去乞食;在人們吃飯時,把缽伸到食物上方,把缽伸到硬食上方,把缽伸到軟食上方,把缽伸到飲料上方;自己要求湯和飯來吃;在食堂里大聲喧譁,就像婆羅門在婆羅門宴會上一樣?" 比丘們聽到了那些人的抱怨、批評和散佈的流言。那些少欲知足、謹慎、有羞恥心、好學的比丘抱怨、批評、散佈流言說:"為什麼比丘們衣著不整齊,威儀不端正,出去乞食;在人們吃飯時,把缽伸到食物上方,把缽伸到硬食上方,把缽伸到軟食上方,把缽伸到飲料上方;自己要求湯和飯來吃;在食堂里大聲喧譁?"然後,那些比丘...把這件事告訴了世尊。 然後,世尊因這緣由、這場合召集比丘僧團,詢問比丘們:"比丘們,據說有比丘衣著不整齊,威儀不端正,出去乞食,在人們吃飯時,把缽伸到食物上方,把缽伸到硬食上方,把缽伸到軟食上方,把缽伸到飲料上方,自己要求湯和飯來吃,在食堂里大聲喧譁,是真的嗎?""是真的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵責道:"比丘們,這對那些愚人來說是不適當的,不相應的,不恰當的,不像沙門的,不允許的,不應該做的。比丘們,為什麼那些愚人衣著不整齊,威儀不端正,出去乞食,在人們吃飯時,把缽伸到食物上方,把缽伸到硬食上方,把缽伸到軟食上方,把缽伸到飲料上方,自己要求湯和飯來吃,在食堂里大聲喧譁?比丘們,這不會使不信的人生信,也不會使已信的人增加信心。相反,比丘們,這會使不信的人更不信,也會使一些已信的人改變想法。"然後,世尊以多種方式呵責那些比丘,說難養、難滿足、貪求、不知足、群居、懶惰的過患,以多種方式說易養、易滿足、少欲、知足、儉樸、頭陀、端莊、減損、精進的功德,對比丘們作了相應、相順的法語開示,然後對比丘們說:

1. 『『Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upajjhāyaṃ. Upajjhāyo, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhapessati , saddhivihāriko upajjhāyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhapessati. Evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuḍḍhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upajjhāyo gahetabbo – ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – 『upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohī』ti. Sāhūti vā lahūti vā opāyikanti vā patirūpanti vā pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya [na vācāya (ka.)] viññāpeti, gahito hoti upajjhāyo; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti , na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti upajjhāyo.

"比丘們,我允許有依止師。比丘們,依止師應對弟子生起父親般的心,弟子應對依止師生起兒子般的心。這樣,他們彼此尊重、恭敬、和睦相處,在這法律中將會增長、發展、廣大。比丘們,應該這樣請依止師:把上衣偏覆一肩,頂禮雙足,蹲踞,合掌,應該這樣說:'尊者,請做我的依止師;尊者,請做我的依止師;尊者,請做我的依止師。'如果他說'好'或'可以'或'適合'或'合適'或'以莊嚴的方式做吧',用身體表示,用語言表示,用身語表示,就是得到了依止師;如果不用身體表示,不用語言表示,不用身語表示,就是沒有得到依止師。"

66.[cūḷava. 376 ādayo]『『Saddhivihārikena, bhikkhave, upajjhāyamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –

『『Kālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

『『Sace upajjhāyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako [saudako (ka.)] dātabbo. Sace upajjhāyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṃ gahetvā upajjhāyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. Nātidūre gantabbaṃ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṃ, pattapariyāpannaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Na upajjhāyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. Upajjhāyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.

『『Nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ; cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ, cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.

『『Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, upajjhāyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo . Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

『『Sace upajjhāyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.

『『Sace upajjhāyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya upajjhāyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.

『『Udakepi upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā upajjhāyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisitabbo. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.

"比丘們,應當對依止師正確地履行職責。這是正確履行職責的方法: "應該早起,脫掉鞋子,把上衣偏覆一肩,給牙刷,給洗臉水,準備座位。如果有粥,應該洗好容器,端上粥。喝完粥后,給水,收回容器,放低,小心地不要碰撞,洗乾淨,收好。依止師起身後,應該收起座位。如果那個地方髒了,應該打掃那個地方。 "如果依止師想進村,應該給下衣,收起換下的衣服,給腰帶,疊好給大衣,洗好缽,帶水給他。如果依止師想要隨從,應該穿好下衣遮住三輪,繫好腰帶,疊好穿上大衣,繫好結,洗好缽,拿著缽作為依止師的隨從。不要走得太遠,也不要走得太近,應該接過裝滿的缽。不要在依止師說話時插嘴。依止師說話接近犯戒時應該制止。 "回來時應該先到,準備座位,放好洗腳水、腳凳、擦腳布,迎接接過缽和衣,給換洗的下衣,收起穿過的下衣。如果衣服潮濕,應該曬一會兒,但不要在陽光下放置衣服;應該摺疊衣服,摺疊時應該把邊緣提高四指寬摺疊衣服 - 不要在中間摺疊。應該把腰帶放在摺疊處。 "如果有托缽食,依止師想吃,應該給水,端上托缽食。應該問依止師是否需要飲用水。吃完后,給水,收回缽,放低,小心地不要碰撞,洗乾淨,擦乾,曬一會兒,但不要在陽光下放置缽。應該收起缽和衣。收缽時,一隻手拿缽,另一隻手摸床下或椅子下,然後放下缽。不要把缽放在沒有遮蓋的地上。收衣服時,一隻手拿衣服,另一隻手摸衣桿或衣繩,把邊緣放在遠處,摺疊放在近處。依止師起身後,應該收起座位,收好洗腳水、腳凳、擦腳布。如果那個地方髒了,應該打掃那個地方。 "如果依止師想洗澡,應該準備洗澡用具。如果需要冷水,應該準備冷水。如果需要熱水,應該準備熱水。 "如果依止師想進浴室,應該把粉研細,把泥調濕,拿著浴室凳跟在依止師後面,給他浴室凳,收起衣服放在一邊,給粉,給泥。如果能夠的話,應該進浴室。進浴室時,應該用泥抹臉,前後遮好身體進浴室。不要擠開上座比丘坐下。不要阻礙新學比丘坐位。在浴室裡應該為依止師服務。從浴室出來時,應該拿著浴室凳,前後遮好身體從浴室出來。 "在水中也應該為依止師服務。洗完澡后,應該先上岸,擦乾自己的身體,穿好衣服,然後擦乾依止師身上的水,給下衣,給大衣,拿著浴室凳先回來,準備座位,放好洗腳水、腳凳、擦腳布,問依止師是否需要飲用水。如果他想請你誦經,就應該誦經。如果他想請教,就應該回答。"

『『Yasmiṃ vihāre upajjhāyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ [bhisibimbohanaṃ (sī. syā.)] nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. Pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena , asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā. Kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.

『『Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.

『『Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.

『『Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.

"如果依止師住的精舍髒了,如果能夠的話,應該打掃。打掃精舍時,應該先把缽和衣服拿出來放在一邊。把坐具和臥具拿出來放在一邊。把床墊和枕頭拿出來放在一邊。把床放低,小心地不要碰撞,不要碰到門框,拿出來放在一邊。把椅子放低,小心地不要碰撞,不要碰到門框,拿出來放在一邊。把床腳拿出來放在一邊。把痰盂拿出來放在一邊。把靠背板拿出來放在一邊。記住地毯的位置,拿出來放在一邊。如果精舍里有蜘蛛網,應該先從天花板上清除,擦拭窗戶邊緣和角落。如果塗了赭石的墻壁有污跡,應該用濕布擰乾后擦拭。如果染黑的地面有污跡,應該用濕布擰乾后擦拭。如果地面沒有處理過,應該灑水后打掃 - 不要讓精舍被灰塵弄髒。把垃圾收集起來扔到一邊。 "把地毯曬乾,清潔,拍打,搬回來按原樣鋪好。把床腳曬乾,擦拭,搬回來放回原處。把床曬乾,清潔,拍打,放低,小心地不要碰撞,不要碰到門框,搬回來按原樣安置。把椅子曬乾,清潔,拍打,放低,小心地不要碰撞,不要碰到門框,搬回來按原樣安置。把床墊和枕頭曬乾,清潔,拍打,搬回來按原樣安置。把坐具和臥具曬乾,清潔,拍打,搬回來按原樣安置。把痰盂曬乾,擦拭,搬回來放回原處。把靠背板曬乾,擦拭,搬回來放回原處。應該收好缽和衣服。收缽時,一隻手拿缽,另一隻手摸床下或椅子下,然後放下缽。不要把缽放在沒有遮蓋的地上。收衣服時,一隻手拿衣服,另一隻手摸衣桿或衣繩,把邊緣放在遠處,摺疊放在近處。 "如果有帶塵土的東風吹來,應該關閉東邊的窗戶。如果有帶塵土的西風吹來,應該關閉西邊的窗戶。如果有帶塵土的北風吹來,應該關閉北邊的窗戶。如果有帶塵土的南風吹來,應該關閉南邊的窗戶。如果天氣寒冷,白天應該打開窗戶,晚上應該關閉。如果天氣炎熱,白天應該關閉窗戶,晚上應該打開。 "如果庭院髒了,應該打掃庭院。如果門廊髒了,應該打掃門廊。如果集會堂髒了,應該打掃集會堂。如果火堂髒了,應該打掃火堂。如果廁所髒了,應該打掃廁所。如果沒有飲用水,應該準備飲用水。如果沒有洗滌用水,應該準備洗滌用水。如果洗手水罐里沒有水,應該往洗手水罐里倒水。

『『Sace upajjhāyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, saddhivihārikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace upajjhāyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace upajjhāyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā . Sace upajjhāyo garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo mānattāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo abbhānāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ [niyasaṃ (ka.)] vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.

『『Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena dhovitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena kātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena pacitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ [rajetabbaṃ (sī. syā.)] hoti, saddhivihārikena rajitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena [rajentena (sī. syā.)] sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ.

『『Na upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo, na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā [chettabbā (sī.), cheditabbā (ka.)], na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; na ekaccassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa veyyāvacco [veyyāvaccaṃ (katthaci)] kātabbo , na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ, na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo, na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo; na upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo; na susānaṃ gantabbaṃ; na disā pakkamitabbā. Sace upajjhāyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba』』nti.

Upajjhāyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Saddhivihārikavattakathā

"如果依止師生起厭離,弟子應該安慰他,或請人安慰他,或為他說法。如果依止師生起疑悔,弟子應該消除它,或請人消除它,或為他說法。如果依止師生起邪見,弟子應該勸導他放棄,或請人勸導他放棄,或為他說法。如果依止師犯了重罪應該別住,弟子應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能給依止師別住呢?'如果依止師應該被擯回本分,弟子應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能把依止師擯回本分呢?'如果依止師應該行摩那埵,弟子應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能給依止師摩那埵呢?'如果依止師應該出罪,弟子應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能讓依止師出罪呢?'如果僧團想對依止師作呵責羯磨、依止羯磨、驅出羯磨、下意羯磨或舉罪羯磨,弟子應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能不對依止師作羯磨,或者減輕處罰呢?'如果僧團已經對他作了呵責羯磨、依止羯磨、驅出羯磨、下意羯磨或舉罪羯磨,弟子應該努力 - '依止師怎樣才能正確地行事,服從,改正錯誤,僧團怎樣才能取消那個羯磨呢?' "如果依止師的衣服需要洗,弟子應該洗,或者努力 - '依止師的衣服怎樣才能被洗呢?'如果依止師的衣服需要做,弟子應該做,或者努力 - '依止師的衣服怎樣才能被做呢?'如果依止師的染料需要煮,弟子應該煮,或者努力 - '依止師的染料怎樣才能被煮呢?'如果依止師的衣服需要染,弟子應該染,或者努力 - '依止師的衣服怎樣才能被染呢?'染衣服時,應該仔細地反覆翻轉染,不要在染料還在滴落時就離開。 "未經依止師允許,不應該把缽給某人,不應該從某人那裡接受缽;不應該把衣服給某人,不應該從某人那裡接受衣服;不應該把用具給某人,不應該從某人那裡接受用具;不應該給某人剪頭髮,不應該讓某人給自己剪頭髮;不應該為某人服務,不應該讓某人為自己服務;不應該為某人當隨從,不應該讓某人當自己的隨從;不應該為某人拿托缽食,不應該讓某人為自己拿托缽食;未經依止師允許,不應該進村;不應該去墓地;不應該離開該地區。如果依止師生病,應該終身照顧他;應該等待他康復。" 依止師職責結束。 關於弟子職責的故事

67.[cūḷava. 378 ādayo] 『『Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –

『『Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihāriko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. Sace upajjhāyassa patto hoti, saddhivihārikassa patto na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ hoti, saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ uppajjiyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa parikkhāro hoti, saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.

『『Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

『『Sace saddhivihāriko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ . Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ; cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ, cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.

『『Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, saddhivihāriko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

『『Sace saddhivihāriko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ .

『『Sace saddhivihāriko jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare saddhivihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.

『『Udakepi saddhivihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā saddhivihārikassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā. Jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo.

"比丘們,依止師應當正確地對待。這是正確對待的方法: "比丘們,依止師應當以教導、詢問、勸告、指導來攝受、攝護。如果依止師有缽而沒有缽,依止師應該把缽給,或者努力 - '怎樣才能得到缽呢?'如果依止師有衣服而沒有衣服,依止師應該把衣服給,或者努力 - '怎樣才能得到衣服呢?'如果依止師有用具而沒有用具,依止師應該把用具給,或者努力 - '怎樣才能得到用具呢?' "如果生病,應該早起給牙刷,給洗臉水,準備座位。如果有粥,應該洗好容器,端上粥。喝完粥后,給水,收回容器,放低,小心地不要碰撞,洗乾淨,收好。起身後,應該收起座位。如果那個地方髒了,應該打掃那個地方。 "如果想進村,應該給下衣,收起換下的衣服,給腰帶,疊好給大衣,洗好缽,帶水給他。以為他會這麼快回來,應該準備座位,放好洗腳水、腳凳、擦腳布,迎接接過缽和衣,給換洗的下衣,收起穿過的下衣。如果衣服潮濕,應該曬一會兒,但不要在陽光下放置衣服;應該摺疊衣服,摺疊時應該把邊緣提高四指寬摺疊衣服 - 不要在中間摺疊。應該把腰帶放在摺疊處。 "如果有托缽食,想吃,應該給水,端上托缽食。應該問是否需要飲用水。吃完后,給水,收回缽,放低,小心地不要碰撞,洗乾淨,擦乾,曬一會兒,但不要在陽光下放置缽。應該收起缽和衣。收缽時,一隻手拿缽,另一隻手摸床下或椅子下,然後放下缽。不要把缽放在沒有遮蓋的地上。收衣服時,一隻手拿衣服,另一隻手摸衣桿或衣繩,把邊緣放在遠處,摺疊放在近處。起身後,應該收起座位,收好洗腳水、腳凳、擦腳布。如果那個地方髒了,應該打掃那個地方。 "如果想洗澡,應該準備洗澡用具。如果需要冷水,應該準備冷水。如果需要熱水,應該準備熱水。 "如果想進浴室,應該把粉研細,把泥調濕,拿著浴室凳去,給他浴室凳,收起衣服放在一邊,給粉,給泥。如果能夠的話,應該進浴室。進浴室時,應該用泥抹臉,前後遮好身體進浴室。不要擠開上座比丘坐下。不要阻礙新學比丘坐位。在浴室裡應該為服務。從浴室出來時,應該拿著浴室凳,前後遮好身體從浴室出來。 "在水中也應該為服務。洗完澡后,應該先上岸,擦乾自己的身體,穿好衣服,然後擦乾身上的水,給下衣,給大衣,拿著浴室凳先回來,準備座位,放好洗腳水、腳凳、擦腳布,問**是否需要飲用水。

『『Yasmiṃ vihāre saddhivihāriko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.

『『Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.

『『Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.

『『Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.

"如果**住的精舍髒了,如果能夠的話,應該打掃。打掃精舍時,應該先把缽和衣服拿出來放在一邊。把坐具和臥具拿出來放在一邊。把床墊和枕頭拿出來放在一邊。把床放低,小心地不要碰撞,不要碰到門框,拿出來放在一邊。把椅子放低,小心地不要碰撞,不要碰到門框,拿出來放在一邊。把床腳拿出來放在一邊。把痰盂拿出來放在一邊。把靠背板拿出來放在一邊。記住地毯的位置,拿出來放在一邊。如果精舍里有蜘蛛網,應該先從天花板上清除,擦拭窗戶邊緣和角落。如果塗了赭石的墻壁有污跡,應該用濕布擰乾后擦拭。如果染黑的地面有污跡,應該用濕布擰乾后擦拭。如果地面沒有處理過,應該灑水后打掃 - 不要讓精舍被灰塵弄髒。把垃圾收集起來扔到一邊。 "把地毯曬乾,清潔,拍打,搬回來按原樣鋪好。把床腳曬乾,擦拭,搬回來放回原處。把床曬乾,清潔,拍打,放低,小心地不要碰撞,不要碰到門框,搬回來按原樣安置。把椅子曬乾,清潔,拍打,放低,小心地不要碰撞,不要碰到門框,搬回來按原樣安置。把床墊和枕頭曬乾,清潔,拍打,搬回來按原樣安置。把坐具和臥具曬乾,清潔,拍打,搬回來按原樣安置。把痰盂曬乾,擦拭,搬回來放回原處。把靠背板曬乾,擦拭,搬回來放回原處。應該收好缽和衣服。收缽時,一隻手拿缽,另一隻手摸床下或椅子下,然後放下缽。不要把缽放在沒有遮蓋的地上。收衣服時,一隻手拿衣服,另一隻手摸衣桿或衣繩,把邊緣放在遠處,摺疊放在近處。 "如果有帶塵土的東風吹來,應該關閉東邊的窗戶。如果有帶塵土的西風吹來,應該關閉西邊的窗戶。如果有帶塵土的北風吹來,應該關閉北邊的窗戶。如果有帶塵土的南風吹來,應該關閉南邊的窗戶。如果天氣寒冷,白天應該打開窗戶,晚上應該關閉。如果天氣炎熱,白天應該關閉窗戶,晚上應該打開。 "如果庭院髒了,應該打掃庭院。如果門廊髒了,應該打掃門廊。如果集會堂髒了,應該打掃集會堂。如果火堂髒了,應該打掃火堂。如果廁所髒了,應該打掃廁所。如果沒有飲用水,應該準備飲用水。如果沒有洗滌用水,應該準備洗滌用水。如果洗手水罐里沒有水,應該往洗手水罐里倒水。

『『Sace saddhivihārikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, upajjhāyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace saddhivihārikassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā . Sace saddhivihārikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace saddhivihāriko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko mānattāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko abbhānāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihāriko sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.

『『Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ dhoveyyāsīti , ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ kareyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ paceyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ, evaṃ rajeyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ. Na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba』』nti.

Saddhivihārikavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Paṇāmitakathā

"如果生起厭離,依止師應該安慰他,或請人安慰他,或為他說法。如果生起疑悔,依止師應該消除它,或請人消除它,或為他說法。如果生起邪見,依止師應該勸導他放棄,或請人勸導他放棄,或為他說法。如果犯了重罪應該別住,依止師應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能給別住呢?'如果應該被擯回本分,依止師應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能把擯回本分呢?'如果應該行摩那埵,依止師應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能給摩那埵呢?'如果應該出罪,依止師應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能讓出罪呢?'如果僧團想對作呵責羯磨、依止羯磨、驅出羯磨、下意羯磨或舉罪羯磨,依止師應該努力 - '僧團怎樣才能不對作羯磨,或者減輕處罰呢?'如果僧團已經對他作了呵責羯磨、依止羯磨、驅出羯磨、下意羯磨或舉罪羯磨,依止師應該努力 - '怎樣才能正確地行事,服從,改正錯誤,僧團怎樣才能取消那個羯磨呢?' "如果**的衣服需要洗,依止師應該指導說'你應該這樣洗',或者努力 - '的衣服怎樣才能被洗呢?'如果的衣服需要做,依止師應該指導說'你應該這樣做',或者努力 - '的衣服怎樣才能被做呢?'如果的染料需要煮,依止師應該指導說'你應該這樣煮',或者努力 - '的染料怎樣才能被煮呢?'如果的衣服需要染,依止師應該指導說'你應該這樣染',或者努力 - '的衣服怎樣才能被染呢?'染衣服時,應該仔細地反覆翻轉染,不要在染料還在滴落時就離開。如果生病,應該終身照顧他;應該等待他康復。" 弟子職責結束。 關於驅逐的故事

1. Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantī』』ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattantīti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantīti…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『na, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikena upajjhāyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṃ. Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti . Neva sammā vattanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo – 『『paṇāmemi ta』』nti vā, 『『māyidha paṭikkamī』』ti vā, 『『nīhara te pattacīvara』』nti vā, 『『nāhaṃ tayā upaṭṭhātabbo』』ti vā, kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti saddhivihārikoti.

Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetunti. Neva khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitunti. Neva khamanti. Saddhivihārikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā sammāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. Yo paṇāmeyya , āpatti dukkaṭassa . Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimattā gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.

當時,們對依止師不正確地履行職責。那些少欲的比丘...他們抱怨、批評、指責說:"們怎麼會對依止師不正確地履行職責呢?"於是那些比丘把這件事告訴世尊...世尊說:"比丘們,們真的對依止師不正確地履行職責嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責說:"比丘們,們怎麼會對依止師不正確地履行職責呢?"...呵責后...作了法的開示,對比丘們說:"比丘們,不應該對依止師不正確地履行職責。誰不正確地履行職責,犯突吉羅罪。"他們仍然不正確地履行職責。他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,我允許驅逐不正確履行職責的人。比丘們,應該這樣驅逐:說'我驅逐你'或'不要在這裡回來'或'拿走你的缽和衣'或'我不需要你侍奉',用身體表示,用語言表示,用身語表示,就被驅逐了;不用身體表示,不用語言表示,不用身語表示,就沒有被驅逐。" 當時,被驅逐的們不請求原諒。他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,我允許請求原諒。"他們仍然不請求原諒。他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,被驅逐的人不應該不請求原諒。誰不請求原諒,犯突吉羅罪。" 當時,依止師們不接受請求原諒。他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,我允許接受。"他們仍然不接受。們離開、還俗、轉投外道。他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,被請求原諒時不應該不接受。誰不接受,犯突吉羅罪。" 當時,依止師們驅逐正確履行職責的人,不驅逐不正確履行職責的人。他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,不應該驅逐正確履行職責的人。誰驅逐,犯突吉羅罪。比丘們,也不應該不驅逐不正確履行職責的人。誰不驅逐,犯突吉羅罪。" "比丘們,具備五種條件的應該被驅逐。對依止師沒有特別的愛,沒有特別的信,沒有特別的慚,沒有特別的敬,沒有特別的修習 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的應該被驅逐。 "比丘們,具備五種條件的不應該被驅逐。對依止師有特別的愛,有特別的信,有特別的慚,有特別的敬,有特別的修習 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的不應該被驅逐。 "比丘們,具備五種條件的應該被驅逐。對依止師沒有特別的愛,沒有特別的信,沒有特別的慚,沒有特別的敬,沒有特別的修習 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的應該被驅逐。 "比丘們,具備五種條件的不應該被驅逐。對依止師有特別的愛,有特別的信,有特別的慚,有特別的敬,有特別的修習 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的不應該被驅逐。 "比丘們,對具備五種條件的,依止師不驅逐就有過失,驅逐就沒有過失。對依止師沒有特別的愛,沒有特別的信,沒有特別的慚,沒有特別的敬,沒有特別的修習 - 比丘們,對具備這五種條件的**,依止師不驅逐就有過失,驅逐就沒有過失。

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī』』ti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. Addasā kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『kiṃ nu kho so, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto』』ti? Eso, bhante, brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagattoti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『ko nu kho, bhikkhave, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasī』』ti? Evaṃ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『ahaṃ kho, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī』』ti. 『『Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sāriputta, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasī』』ti? 『『Idha me, bhante, so brāhmaṇo rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dāpesi. Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī』』ti. 『『Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, kataññuno hi, sāriputta, sappurisā katavedino. Tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājehi upasampādehī』』ti . 『『Kathāhaṃ, bhante , taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājemi upasampādemī』』ti? Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – yā sā, bhikkhave, mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, taṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetuṃ [upasampadaṃ (sī. syā.)]. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upasampādetabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

2. 『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya .

『『Tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti.

"比丘們,對具備五種條件的,依止師驅逐就有過失,不驅逐就沒有過失。對依止師有特別的愛,有特別的信,有特別的慚,有特別的敬,有特別的修習 - 比丘們,對具備這五種條件的,依止師驅逐就有過失,不驅逐就沒有過失。" 當時,有一個婆羅門來到比丘們那裡請求出家。比丘們不願意讓他出家。他因為得不到比丘們那裡的出家機會而變得消瘦、憔悴、面色不好、面板發黃、血管突出。世尊看到那個婆羅門消瘦、憔悴、面色不好、面板發黃、血管突出,就問比丘們:"比丘們,為什麼那個婆羅門消瘦、憔悴、面色不好、面板發黃、血管突出呢?""世尊,這個婆羅門來到比丘們那裡請求出家。比丘們不願意讓他出家。他因為得不到比丘們那裡的出家機會而變得消瘦、憔悴、面色不好、面板發黃、血管突出。"於是世尊問比丘們:"比丘們,誰記得這個婆羅門的功德嗎?"說到這裡,尊者舍利弗對世尊說:"世尊,我記得這個婆羅門的功德。""舍利弗,你記得這個婆羅門什麼功德呢?""世尊,這個婆羅門在王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)當我托缽時給了我一勺飯。世尊,我記得這個婆羅門的這個功德。""很好,很好,舍利弗,善人是知恩的、感恩的。那麼,舍利弗,你去讓這個婆羅門出家、受具足戒吧。""世尊,我該如何讓這個婆羅門出家、受具足戒呢?"於是世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法的開示,對比丘們說:"比丘們,我以前允許的三皈依受具足戒,從今天起廢止。比丘們,我允許以白四羯磨受具足戒。比丘們,應該這樣受具足戒。由一位有能力的比丘向僧團宣告: "大德僧團請聽。這位某某是某某尊者的具足戒求受者。如果僧團已到時機,僧團應當讓某某受具足戒,某某為依止師。這是動議。 "大德僧團請聽。這位某某是某某尊者的具足戒求受者。僧團正在讓某某受具足戒,某某為依止師。哪位尊者同意某某受具足戒,某某為依止師,請保持沉默;哪位不同意,請說出來。 "我再說第二遍 - 大德僧團請聽。這位某某是某某尊者的具足戒求受者。僧團正在讓某某受具足戒,某某為依止師。哪位尊者同意某某受具足戒,某某為依止師,請保持沉默;哪位不同意,請說出來。 "我再說第三遍 - 大德僧團請聽。這位某某是某某尊者的具足戒求受者。僧團正在讓某某受具足戒,某某為依止師。哪位尊者同意某某受具足戒,某某為依止師,請保持沉默;哪位不同意,請說出來。 "某某已經由僧團受具足戒,某某為依止師。僧團同意,所以保持沉默。我如此認定這件事。"

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upasampannasamanantarā anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『māvuso, evarūpaṃ akāsi, netaṃ kappatī』』ti. So evamāha – 『『nevāhaṃ āyasmante yāciṃ upasampādetha manti. Kissa maṃ tumhe ayācitā upasampāditthā』』ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Na, bhikkhave, ayācitena upasampādetabbo . Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yācitena upasampādetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, yācitabbo. Tena upasampadāpekkhena saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – 『『saṅghaṃ, bhante, upasampadaṃ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā』』ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbo. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

2. 『『Suṇātu me, bhante , saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe….

『『Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi aṭṭhitā [adhiṭṭhitā (ka.)] hoti. Atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – 『『ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya』』nti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. Tasmiṃ pabbajite bhattapaṭipāṭi khīyittha. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『ehi dāni, āvuso, piṇḍāya carissāmā』』ti. So evamāha – 『『nāhaṃ, āvuso, etaṃkāraṇā pabbajito piṇḍāya carissāmīti. Sace me dassatha bhuñjissāmi , no ce me dassatha vibbhamissāmī』』ti. 『『Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito』』ti ? 『『Evamāvuso』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhu evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissatīti. Te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajitoti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… 『『kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya』』…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena cattāro nissaye ācikkhituṃ – piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ. Paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ. Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – vihāro , aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā. Pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇita』』nti.

Paṇāmitakathā niṭṭhitā.

Upajjhāyavattabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito pañcamo.

Pañcamabhāṇavāro

1. Ācariyavattakathā

當時,有一位比丘剛受具足戒就行為不端。比丘們說:"賢友,不要這樣做,這是不允許的。"他說:"我沒有請求你們讓我受具足戒。你們為什麼在我沒有請求的情況下讓我受具足戒呢?"他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,不應該讓沒有請求的人受具足戒。誰讓沒有請求的人受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。比丘們,我允許讓請求的人受具足戒。比丘們,應該這樣請求。那個求受具足戒的人應該來到僧團面前,偏袒右肩,禮拜比丘們的腳,蹲踞,合掌,這樣說:'大德們,我請求僧團讓我受具足戒,請僧團出於慈悲提攜我。'應該請求第二遍。應該請求第三遍。由一位有能力的比丘向僧團宣告: "大德僧團請聽。這位某某是某某尊者的具足戒求受者。某某請求僧團讓他受具足戒,某某為依止師。如果僧團已到時機,僧團應當讓某某受具足戒,某某為依止師。這是動議。 "大德僧團請聽。這位某某是某某尊者的具足戒求受者。某某請求僧團讓他受具足戒,某某為依止師。僧團正在讓某某受具足戒,某某為依止師。哪位尊者同意某某受具足戒,某某為依止師,請保持沉默;哪位不同意,請說出來。 "我再說第二遍...我再說第三遍... "某某已經由僧團受具足戒,某某為依止師。僧團同意,所以保持沉默。我如此認定這件事。" 當時,在王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)有一個供養上等飯食的輪流供養制度。有一個婆羅門想:"這些釋迦子沙門生活舒適,行為安逸,吃美味的食物,睡在避風的床上。我不如在釋迦子沙門中出家。"於是那個婆羅門來到比丘們那裡請求出家。比丘們讓他出家、受具足戒。他出家后,輪流供養制度就結束了。比丘們說:"來吧,賢友,我們去托缽。"他說:"賢友們,我不是爲了這個原因出家的,我不會去托缽。如果你們給我食物我就吃,如果不給我我就還俗。""賢友,你是爲了肚子的緣故出家的嗎?""是的,賢友。"那些少欲的比丘...他們抱怨、批評、指責說:"在這樣善說的法律中,比丘怎麼會爲了肚子的緣故出家呢?"那些比丘把這件事告訴世尊...世尊說:"比丘,你真的是爲了肚子的緣故出家的嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責說:"愚人,你怎麼會在這樣善說的法律中爲了肚子的緣故出家呢?愚人,這不會使不信的人生信,也不會使已信的人信心增長。"...呵責后...作了法的開示,對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許在讓人受具足戒時告知四依:以托缽食為依而出家,你應終生為此努力;額外的所得 - 僧團食、指定食、邀請食、抽籤食、半月食、布薩日食、月初食。以糞掃衣為依而出家,你應終生為此努力;額外的所得 - 亞麻衣、棉衣、絲綢衣、羊毛衣、麻布衣、粗麻衣。以樹下住處為依而出家,你應終生為此努力;額外的所得 - 精舍、半屋頂房、多層樓房、平頂房、石窟。以陳棄藥為依而出家,你應終生為此努力;額外的所得 - 酥油、生酥、油、蜂蜜、糖漿。" 關於驅逐的故事結束。 依止師職責誦分結束,第五。 第五誦分 關於親教師職責的故事

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Tassa bhikkhū paṭikacceva nissaye ācikkhiṃsu. So evamāha – 『『sace me, bhante, pabbajite nissaye ācikkheyyātha, abhirameyyāmahaṃ [abhirameyyañcāhaṃ (sī.), abhirameyyaṃ svāhaṃ (ka.)]. Na dānāhaṃ, bhante, pabbajissāmi; jegucchā me nissayā paṭikūlā』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṭikacceva nissayā ācikkhitabbā. Yo ācikkheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampannasamanantarā nissaye ācikkhitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū duvaggenapi tivaggenapi gaṇena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavaggena vā atirekadasavaggena vā gaṇena upasampādetunti .

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ekavassāpi duvassāpi saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādenti. Āyasmāpi upaseno vaṅgantaputto ekavasso saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādesi. So vassaṃvuṭṭho duvasso ekavassaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upasenaṃ vaṅgantaputtaṃ etadavoca – 『『kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci tvaṃ appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato』』ti? 『『Khamanīyaṃ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ, bhagavā. Appakilamathena mayaṃ, bhante, addhānaṃ āgatā』』ti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti; atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti; no anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti – dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upasenaṃ vaṅgantaputtaṃ etadavoca – 『『kativassosi tvaṃ, bhikkhū』』ti? 『『Duvassohaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. 『『Ayaṃ pana bhikkhu kativasso』』ti? 『『Ekavasso, bhagavā』』ti. 『『Kiṃ tāyaṃ bhikkhu hotī』』ti? 『『Saddhivihāriko me, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – 『『ananucchavikaṃ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṃ ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ maññissasi. Atilahuṃ kho tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bāhullāya āvatto, yadidaṃ gaṇabandhikaṃ. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya』』…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetu』』nti.

當時,有一個年輕人來到比丘們那裡請求出家。比丘們提前告訴他四依。他說:"大德們,如果你們在我出家后才告訴我四依,我會很高興。現在我不想出家了;我厭惡四依,反感四依。"他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,不應該提前告知四依。誰提前告知,犯突吉羅罪。比丘們,我允許在受具足戒后立即告知四依。" 當時,比丘們以兩人或三人的小組讓人受具足戒。他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,不應該以少於十人的小組讓人受具足戒。誰這樣做,犯突吉羅罪。比丘們,我允許以十人或十人以上的小組讓人受具足戒。" 當時,比丘們一年或兩年就讓弟子受具足戒。尊者優波斯那·婆蹉子一年就讓弟子受具足戒。他度過雨安居后兩歲,帶著一歲的弟子來到世尊那裡,禮拜世尊後坐在一旁。諸佛世尊慣常與來訪的比丘們寒暄。於是世尊對尊者優波斯那·婆蕉子說:"比丘,還好嗎?還能維持嗎?你們長途跋涉來此不太辛苦吧?""世尊,還好,還能維持。世尊,我們長途跋涉來此不太辛苦。"如來知道也會問,知道也會不問,知道時機會問,知道時機會不問;如來問有意義的事,不問無意義的事。對無意義的事,如來會切斷橋樑。諸佛世尊以兩種方式詢問比丘:我們要說法,或者我們要為弟子制定學處。於是世尊對尊者優波斯那·婆蕉子說:"比丘,你幾歲了?""世尊,我兩歲。""這位比丘幾歲?""世尊,一歲。""這位比丘是你什麼人?""世尊,是我的弟子。"佛陀呵責說:"愚人,這是不適當的、不相應的、不恰當的、不像沙門的、不允許的、不應該做的。愚人,你怎麼會在自己還需要別人教導、指導的時候,認為可以教導、指導別人呢?愚人,你太快就轉向奢侈,也就是結黨營私。愚人,這不會使不信的人生信,也不會使已信的人信心增長。"...呵責后...作了法的開示,對比丘們說:"比丘們,不滿十歲的人不應該讓人受具足戒。誰這樣做,犯突吉羅罪。比丘們,我允許十歲或十歲以上的人讓人受具足戒。"

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā. Dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā, saddhivihārikā byattā. Dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā. Dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. Aññataropi aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkami. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavantoti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. 『『Saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetu』』nti.

當時,比丘們說"我們十歲了,我們十歲了",愚笨無能的人就讓人受具足戒。有些依止師愚笨,聰明。有些依止師無能,有能力。有些依止師學識淺薄,學識淵博。有些依止師愚鈍,有智慧。還有一個前外道,當依止師如法地對他說話時,他反駁依止師的話,又回到了那個外道團體。那些少欲的比丘...他們抱怨、批評、指責說:"比丘們怎麼會說'我們十歲了,我們十歲了',愚笨無能的人就讓人受具足戒呢?有些依止師愚笨,聰明,有些依止師無能,有能力,有些依止師學識淺薄,學識淵博,有些依止師愚鈍,有智慧。"於是那些比丘把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,比丘們真的說'我們十歲了,我們十歲了',愚笨無能的人就讓人受具足戒嗎?有些依止師愚笨,聰明,有些依止師無能,有能力,有些依止師學識淺薄,學識淵博,有些依止師愚鈍,有智慧嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責說:"比丘們,那些愚人怎麼會說'我們十歲了,我們十歲了',愚笨無能的人就讓人受具足戒呢?有些依止師愚笨,聰明,有些依止師無能,有能力,有些依止師學識淺薄,學識淵博,有些依止師愚鈍,有智慧。比丘們,這不會使不信的人生信..."...呵責后...作了法的開示,對比丘們說:"比丘們,愚笨無能的人不應該讓人受具足戒。誰這樣做,犯突吉羅罪。比丘們,我允許有能力的比丘,十歲或十歲以上的人讓人受具足戒。"

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū upajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi – uparisāyanīyepi – uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi – uparisāyanīyepi – uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti, seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ …pe… atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave…pe… saccaṃ, bhagavāti…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

『『Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ācariyaṃ. Ācariyo, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati, antevāsiko ācariyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati. Evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassaṃ nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ācariyo gahetabbo. Ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – 『ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmī』ti. 『Sāhūti』 vā 『lahūti』 vā 『opāyika』nti vā 『patirūpa』nti vā 『pāsādikena sampādehī』ti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti ācariyo; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti ācariyo.

當時,比丘們的依止師離開、還俗、去世或改變派別后,他們沒有親教師,沒有人教導、指導,衣著不整齊,托缽時,在人們正在吃飯時把缽伸到食物上方,在人們正在吃主食、副食、甜食、飲料時把缽伸到上方;自己要求湯和飯後吃;在飯堂里大聲喧譁。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"釋迦子沙門怎麼會衣著不整齊地托缽;在人們正在吃飯時把缽伸到食物上方,在人們正在吃主食、副食、甜食、飲料時把缽伸到上方;自己要求湯和飯後吃;在飯堂里大聲喧譁,就像婆羅門在婆羅門宴會上一樣?"比丘們聽到人們的抱怨、批評、指責...於是那些比丘把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,這是真的嗎?...""是的,世尊。"...呵責后,作了法的開示,對比丘們說: "比丘們,我允許有親教師。比丘們,親教師應該對弟子生起父親般的心,弟子應該對親教師生起兒子般的心。這樣他們互相尊重、順從、和睦相處,就能在這個法律中獲得增長、發展、廣大。比丘們,我允許十歲依止,十歲的人給予依止。比丘們,應該這樣請求親教師。偏袒右肩,禮拜腳,蹲踞,合掌,這樣說:'大德,請做我的親教師,我要依止尊者而住;大德,請做我的親教師,我要依止尊者而住;大德,請做我的親教師,我要依止尊者而住。'如果他說'好'或'可以'或'適當'或'恰當'或'以令人歡喜的方式做吧',用身體表示,用語言表示,用身語表示,就請到了親教師;不用身體表示,不用語言表示,不用身語表

78.[cūḷava. 380 ādayo] 『『Antevāsikena , bhikkhave, ācariyamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –

『『Kālasseva uṭṭhāya upāhanaṃ omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā . Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

『『Sace ācariyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Sace ācariyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṃ gahetvā ācariyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. Nātidūre gantabbaṃ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṃ, pattapariyāpannaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Na ācariyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. Ācariyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.

『『Nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.

『『Sace piṇḍapāto hoti , ācariyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

『『Sace ācariyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.

『『Sace ācariyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya ācariyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare ācariyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.

『『Udakepi ācariyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā ācariyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisāpetabbo. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.

"比丘們,**應該正確地對待親教師。這是正確的對待方式: "應該早起,脫掉鞋子,偏袒右肩,給牙籤,給洗臉水,準備座位。如果有粥,應該洗好碗,端上粥。喝完粥后給水,接過碗,放低,小心地不要碰撞地洗乾淨,收起來。親教師起身後應該收起座位。如果那個地方髒了,應該打掃那個地方。 "如果親教師想進村,應該給內衣,接過換下的內衣,給腰帶,把大衣疊好給他,洗好缽裝水給他。如果親教師想要隨從,應該整齊地穿好下衣遮住三輪,繫好腰帶,把大衣疊好披上,繫好結,洗好缽,作為親教師的隨從。不應走得太遠,也不應走得太近,應該接過裝滿的缽。不應在親教師說話時插嘴。親教師說話接近犯戒時應該制止。 "回來時應該先到,準備座位,放好洗腳水、腳凳、腳擦。應該迎接,接過缽和衣,給換洗的內衣,接過換下的內衣。如果衣服潮濕,應該晾一會兒,但不要把衣服放在熱處。應該疊衣服。疊衣服時應該把邊緣翻起四指寬再疊,以免中間有摺痕。應該把腰帶放在疊好的衣服里。 "如果有托缽食,親教師想吃,應該給水,端上托缽食。應該問親教師要不要喝水。吃完后給水,接過缽,放低,小心地不要碰撞地洗乾淨,晾一會兒,但不要把缽放在熱處。應該收起缽和衣。收缽時,一手拿缽,一手摸摸床下或椅子下,然後放下缽。不應把缽放在沒有遮蓋的地上。收衣服時,一手拿衣服,一手擦擦衣桿或衣繩,把邊緣朝外,摺痕朝里,放好衣服。親教師起身後應該收起座位,收好洗腳水、腳凳、腳擦。如果那個地方髒了,應該打掃那個地方。 "如果親教師想洗澡,應該準備洗澡水。如果需要冷水,應該準備冷水。如果需要熱水,應該準備熱水。 "如果親教師想進浴室,應該研磨香粉,調濕泥土,拿著浴室凳跟在親教師後面,給他浴室凳,接過他的衣服放在一邊,給他香粉和泥土。如果能行,應該進浴室。進浴室時應該用泥土涂臉,前後遮好身體再進去。不應擠在上座比丘前面坐下。不應把新比丘擠開座位。應該在浴室裡為親教師服務。從浴室出來時,應該拿著浴室凳,前後遮好身體再出來。 "在水中也應該為親教師服務。洗完澡后應該先上岸,擦乾自己的身體,穿好衣服,幫親教師擦身上的水,給他內衣,給他大衣,拿著浴室凳先回來,準備座位,放好洗腳水、腳凳、腳擦。應該問親教師要不要喝水。如果他想請你誦經,就應該誦經。如果他想問問題,就應該回答問題。

『『Yasmiṃ vihāre ācariyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo ; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.

『『Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo . Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.

『『Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā . Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.

『『Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ . Sace ācamanakumbhiyaṃ udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.

"親教師住的精舍,如果髒了,如果能行,應該打掃。打掃精舍時,應該先把缽和衣拿出來放在一邊;把坐具和臥具拿出來放在一邊;把床墊和枕頭拿出來放在一邊;把床放低,小心地不要碰撞、摩擦門和門框,拿出來放在一邊;把椅子放低,小心地不要碰撞、摩擦門和門框,拿出來放在一邊;把床腳拿出來放在一邊;把痰盂拿出來放在一邊;把靠背板拿出來放在一邊;記住地毯的位置,拿出來放在一邊。如果精舍里有蜘蛛網,應該先從天花板上清除,擦拭窗戶的角落。如果塗了赭石的墻壁有污垢,應該用濕布擰乾后擦拭。如果染黑的地面有污垢,應該用濕布擰乾后擦拭。如果地面沒有處理過,應該灑水后打掃,以免精舍被灰塵弄髒。把垃圾收集起來扔到一邊。 "應該把地毯曬乾、清潔、拍打,搬回來按原樣鋪好。應該把床腳曬乾、擦拭,搬回來放回原處。應該把床曬乾、清潔、拍打,放低,小心地不要碰撞、摩擦門和門框,搬回來按原樣擺好。應該把椅子曬乾、清潔、拍打,放低,小心地不要碰撞、摩擦門和門框,搬回來按原樣擺好。應該把床墊和枕頭曬乾、清潔、拍打,搬回來按原樣擺好。應該把坐具和臥具曬乾、清潔、拍打,搬回來按原樣擺好。應該把痰盂曬乾、擦拭,搬回來放回原處。應該把靠背板曬乾、擦拭,搬回來放回原處。應該收起缽和衣。收缽時,一手拿缽,一手摸摸床下或椅子下,然後放下缽。不應把缽放在沒有遮蓋的地上。收衣服時,一手拿衣服,一手擦擦衣桿或衣繩,把邊緣朝外,摺痕朝里,放好衣服。 "如果有帶灰塵的東風吹來,應該關東邊的窗戶。如果有帶灰塵的西風吹來,應該關西邊的窗戶。如果有帶灰塵的北風吹來,應該關北邊的窗戶。如果有帶灰塵的南風吹來,應該關南邊的窗戶。如果天氣冷,白天應該打開窗戶,晚上應該關上。如果天氣熱,白天應該關窗戶,晚上應該打開。 "如果庭院髒了,應該打掃庭院。如果門廊髒了,應該打掃門廊。如果集會堂髒了,應該打掃集會堂。如果火堂髒了,應該打掃火堂。如果廁所髒了,應該打掃廁所。如果沒有飲用水,應該準備飲用水。如果沒有洗滌用水,應該準備洗滌用水。如果洗手罐里沒水,應該往洗手罐里倒水。

『『Sace ācariyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, antevāsikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, antevāsikena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, antevāsikena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyo garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace ācariyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace ācariyo mānattāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace ācariyo abbhānāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṃ abbheyyāti . Sace saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.

『『Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena dhovitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena kātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace ācariyassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena pacitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena rajitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ.

『『Na ācariyaṃ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo; na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā; na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; na ekaccassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ; na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo; na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ; na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo; na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo. Na ācariyaṃ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo, na susānaṃ gantabbaṃ, na disā pakkamitabbā. Sace ācariyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba』』nti.

Ācariyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Antevāsikavattakathā

"如果親教師生起厭離,應該安慰他,或請人安慰他,或為他說法。如果親教師生起疑悔,應該消除它,或請人消除它,或為他說法。如果親教師生起邪見,應該糾正它,或請人糾正它,或為他說法。如果親教師犯了重罪需要別住,應該努力讓僧團給親教師別住。如果親教師應該被擯回本分,應該努力讓僧團把親教師擯回本分。如果親教師應該行摩那埵,應該努力讓僧團給親教師摩那埵。如果親教師應該出罪,應該努力讓僧團為親教師出罪。如果僧團想對親教師作呵責羯磨、依止羯磨、驅出羯磨、下意羯磨或舉罪羯磨,應該努力讓僧團不要對親教師作羯磨,或者改作輕羯磨。如果僧團已經對親教師作了呵責羯磨、依止羯磨、驅出羯磨、下意羯磨或舉罪羯磨,應該努力讓親教師正確地行事,服從,改正,以便僧團解除那個羯磨。 "如果親教師的衣服需要洗,應該洗,或者努力讓人洗親教師的衣服。如果親教師的衣服需要做,應該做,或者努力讓人做親教師的衣服。如果親教師的染料需要煮,應該煮,或者努力讓人煮親教師的染料。如果親教師的衣服需要染,應該染,或者努力讓人染親教師的衣服。染衣服時應該仔細地翻來覆去地染,不應在染料還在滴的時候就離開。 "不應未經親教師允許就把缽給某人;不應未經親教師允許就接受某人的缽;不應未經親教師允許就把衣服給某人;不應未經親教師允許就接受某人的衣服;不應未經親教師允許就把用品給某人;不應未經親教師允許就接受某人的用品;不應未經親教師允許就為某人剃頭;不應未經親教師允許就讓某人為自己剃頭;不應未經親教師允許就為某人服務;不應未經親教師允許就讓某人為自己服務;不應未經親教師允許就作某人的隨從;不應未經親教師允許就讓某人作自己的隨從;不應未經親教師允許就為某人拿托缽食;不應未經親教師允許就讓某人為自己拿托缽食。不應未經親教師允許就進村;不應未經親教師允許就去墓地;不應未經親教師允許就離開。如果親教師生病,應該終生照顧他,等他康復。" 親教師職責結束。 關於職責的故事

79.[cūḷava. 381-382] 『『Ācariyena , bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –

『『Ācariyena , bhikkhave, antevāsiko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. Sace ācariyassa patto hoti, antevāsikassa patto na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ hoti, antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ uppajjiyethāti. Sace ācariyassa parikkhāro hoti, antevāsikassa parikkhāro na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.

『『Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

『『Sace antevāsiko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo.

『『Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.

『『Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, antevāsiko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

『『Sace antevāsiko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.

『『Sace antevāsiko jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na ca there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare antevāsikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.

『『Udakepi antevāsikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā antevāsikassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo.

"比丘們,親教師應該正確地對待。這是正確的對待方式: "比丘們,親教師應該通過教導、詢問、勸告、指導來幫助和支援。如果親教師有缽而沒有,親教師應該把缽給,或者努力讓得到缽。如果親教師有衣服而沒有,親教師應該把衣服給,或者努力讓得到衣服。如果親教師有用品而沒有,親教師應該把用品給,或者努力讓得到用品。 "如果生病,應該早起給他牙籤,給他洗臉水,準備座位。如果有粥,應該洗好碗,端上粥。喝完粥后給水,接過碗,放低,小心地不要碰撞地洗乾淨,收起來。起身後應該收起座位。如果那個地方髒了,應該打掃那個地方。 "如果想進村,應該給內衣,接過換下的內衣,給腰帶,把大衣疊好給他,洗好缽裝水給他。 "想著他會在這個時候回來,應該準備座位,放好洗腳水、腳凳、腳擦。應該迎接,接過缽和衣,給換洗的內衣,接過換下的內衣。如果衣服潮濕,應該晾一會兒,但不要把衣服放在熱處。應該疊衣服。疊衣服時應該把邊緣翻起四指寬再疊,以免中間有摺痕。應該把腰帶放在疊好的衣服里。 "如果有托缽食,想吃,應該給水,端上托缽食。應該問要不要喝水。吃完后給水,接過缽,放低,小心地不要碰撞地洗乾淨,晾一會兒,但不要把缽放在熱處。應該收起缽和衣。收缽時,一手拿缽,一手摸摸床下或椅子下,然後放下缽。不應把缽放在沒有遮蓋的地上。收衣服時,一手拿衣服,一手擦擦衣桿或衣繩,把邊緣朝外,摺痕朝里,放好衣服。起身後應該收起座位,收好洗腳水、腳凳、腳擦。如果那個地方髒了,應該打掃那個地方。 "如果想洗澡,應該準備洗澡水。如果需要冷水,應該準備冷水。如果需要熱水,應該準備熱水。 "如果想進浴室,應該研磨香粉,調濕泥土,拿著浴室凳去,給他浴室凳,接過他的衣服放在一邊,給他香粉和泥土。如果能行,應該進浴室。進浴室時應該用泥土涂臉,前後遮好身體再進去。不應擠在上座比丘前面坐下。不應把新比丘擠開座位。應該在浴室裡為服務。從浴室出來時,應該拿著浴室凳,前後遮好身體再出來。 "在水中也應該為服務。洗完澡后應該先上岸,擦乾自己的身體,穿好衣服,幫擦身上的水,給他內衣,給他大衣,拿著浴室凳先回來,準備座位,放好洗腳水、腳凳、腳擦。應該問**要不要喝水。

『『Yasmiṃ vihāre antevāsiko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ otāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.

『『Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.

『『Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.

『『Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.

"**住的精舍,如果髒了,如果能行,應該打掃。打掃精舍時,應該先把缽和衣拿出來放在一邊;把坐具和臥具拿出來放在一邊;把床墊和枕頭拿出來放在一邊;把床放低,小心地不要碰撞、摩擦門和門框,拿出來放在一邊;把椅子放低,小心地不要碰撞、摩擦門和門框,拿出來放在一邊;把床腳拿出來放在一邊;把痰盂拿出來放在一邊;把靠背板拿出來放在一邊;記住地毯的位置,拿出來放在一邊。如果精舍里有蜘蛛網,應該先從天花板上清除,擦拭窗戶的角落。如果塗了赭石的墻壁有污垢,應該用濕布擰乾后擦拭。如果染黑的地面有污垢,應該用濕布擰乾后擦拭。如果地面沒有處理過,應該灑水后打掃,以免精舍被灰塵弄髒。把垃圾收集起來扔到一邊。 "應該把地毯曬乾、清潔、拍打,搬回來按原樣鋪好。應該把床腳曬乾、擦拭,搬回來放回原處。應該把床曬乾、清潔、拍打,放低,小心地不要碰撞、摩擦門和門框,搬回來按原樣擺好。應該把椅子曬乾、清潔、拍打,放低,小心地不要碰撞、摩擦門和門框,搬回來按原樣擺好。應該把床墊和枕頭曬乾、清潔、拍打,搬回來按原樣擺好。應該把坐具和臥具曬乾、清潔、拍打,搬回來按原樣擺好。應該把痰盂曬乾、擦拭,搬回來放回原處。應該把靠背板曬乾、擦拭,搬回來放回原處。應該收起缽和衣。收缽時,一手拿缽,一手摸摸床下或椅子下,然後放下缽。不應把缽放在沒有遮蓋的地上。收衣服時,一手拿衣服,一手擦擦衣桿或衣繩,把邊緣朝外,摺痕朝里,放好衣服。 "如果有帶灰塵的東風吹來,應該關東邊的窗戶。如果有帶灰塵的西風吹來,應該關西邊的窗戶。如果有帶灰塵的北風吹來,應該關北邊的窗戶。如果有帶灰塵的南風吹來,應該關南邊的窗戶。如果天氣冷,白天應該打開窗戶,晚上應該關上。如果天氣熱,白天應該關窗戶,晚上應該打開。 "如果庭院髒了,應該打掃庭院。如果門廊髒了,應該打掃門廊。如果集會堂髒了,應該打掃集會堂。如果火堂髒了,應該打掃火堂。如果廁所髒了,應該打掃廁所。如果沒有飲用水,應該準備飲用水。如果沒有洗滌用水,應該準備洗滌用水。如果洗手罐里沒水,應該往洗手罐里倒水。

『『Sace antevāsikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, ācariyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsikassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, ācariyena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, ācariyena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsiko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho, antevāsikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace antevāsiko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace antevāsiko mānattāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace antevāsiko abbhānāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsiko sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.

『『Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – 『evaṃ dhoveyyāsī』ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – 『evaṃ kareyyāsī』ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – 『evaṃ paceyyāsī』ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – 『evaṃ rajeyyāsī』ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba』』nti.

Antevāsikavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Chaṭṭhabhāṇavāro.

1. Paṇāmanā khamāpanā

2. Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā ācariyesu na sammā vattanti…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, antevāsikena ācariyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṃ. Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. Neva sammā vattanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo – paṇāmemi tanti vā, māyidha paṭikkamīti vā, nīhara te pattacīvaranti vā, nāhaṃ tayā upaṭṭhātabboti vā. Kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti antevāsikoti.

Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetunti. Neva khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitunti. Neva khamanti. Antevāsikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā sammāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

"如果生起厭離,親教師應該安慰他,或請人安慰他,或為他說法。如果生起疑悔,親教師應該消除它,或請人消除它,或為他說法。如果生起邪見,親教師應該糾正它,或請人糾正它,或為他說法。如果犯了重罪需要別住,親教師應該努力讓僧團給別住。如果應該被擯回本分,親教師應該努力讓僧團把擯回本分。如果應該行摩那埵,親教師應該努力讓僧團給摩那埵。如果應該出罪,親教師應該努力讓僧團為出罪。如果僧團想對作呵責羯磨、依止羯磨、驅出羯磨、下意羯磨或舉罪羯磨,親教師應該努力讓僧團不要對作羯磨,或者改作輕羯磨。如果僧團已經對作了呵責羯磨、依止羯磨、驅出羯磨、下意羯磨或舉罪羯磨,親教師應該努力讓正確地行事,服從,改正,以便僧團解除那個羯磨。 "如果的衣服需要洗,親教師應該教導:'你應該這樣洗',或者努力讓人洗的衣服。如果的衣服需要做,親教師應該教導:'你應該這樣做',或者努力讓人做的衣服。如果的染料需要煮,親教師應該教導:'你應該這樣煮',或者努力讓人煮的染料。如果的衣服需要染,親教師應該教導:'你應該這樣染',或者努力讓人染的衣服。染衣服時應該仔細地翻來覆去地染,不應在染料還在滴的時候就離開。如果生病,應該終生照顧他,等他康復。" 職責結束。 第六誦分結束。 驅逐和請求原諒 當時,們對親教師行為不端...他們把這件事告訴世尊...世尊說:"比丘們,不應該對親教師行為不端。行為不端者,犯突吉羅罪。"他們仍然行為不端。他們把這件事告訴世尊...世尊說:"比丘們,我允許驅逐行為不端者。比丘們,應該這樣驅逐:說'我驅逐你'或'不要在這裡停留'或'拿走你的缽和衣'或'我不需要你侍奉'。用身體表示,用語言表示,用身語表示,就被驅逐了;不用身體表示,不用語言表示,不用身語表示,就沒有被驅逐。" 當時,被驅逐的們不請求原諒。他們把這件事告訴世尊。世尊說:"比丘們,我允許請求原諒。"他們仍然不請求原諒。他們把這件事告訴世尊。世尊說:"比丘們,被驅逐者不應該不請求原諒。不請求原諒者,犯突吉羅罪。" 當時,親教師們不接受請求原諒。他們把這件事告訴世尊。世尊說:"比丘們,我允許接受。"他們仍然不接受。**們離開、還俗、改投外道。他們把這件事告訴世尊。世尊說:"比丘們,不應該不接受請求原諒。不接受者,犯突吉羅罪。" 當時,親教師們驅逐行為端正的人,不驅逐行為不端的人。他們把這件事告訴世尊。世尊說:"比丘們,不應該驅逐行為端正的人。驅逐者,犯突吉羅罪。比丘們,也不應該不驅逐行為不端的人。不驅逐者,犯突吉羅罪。"

1. 『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo.

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī』』ti.

Paṇāmanā khamāpanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Bālaabyattavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ denti. Dissanti ācariyā bālā, antevāsikā paṇḍitā . Dissanti ācariyā abyattā, antevāsikā byattā. Dissanti ācariyā appassutā, antevāsikā bahussutā. Dissanti ācariyā duppaññā, antevāsikā paññavanto. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ dassanti. Dissanti ācariyā bālā antevāsikā paṇḍitā, dissanti ācariyā abyattā antevāsikā byattā, dissanti ācariyā appassutā antevāsikā bahussutā, dissanti ācariyā duppaññā antevāsikā paññavanto』』ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ denti…pe… saccaṃ, bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena nissayo dātabbo. Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā nissayaṃ dātu』』nti.

Bālaabyattavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Nissayapaṭippassaddhikathā

2. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ācariyupajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo na jānanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

『『Pañcimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā – upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā.

『『Chayimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā – ācariyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī, upajjhāyena vā samodhānagato hoti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā』』.

Nissapaṭippassaddhikathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Upasampādetabbapañcakaṃ

"比丘們,具備五種特質的應該被驅逐。對親教師沒有過多的愛,沒有過多的信心,沒有過多的慚愧,沒有過多的恭敬,沒有過多的修習 - 比丘們,具備這五種特質的應該被驅逐。 "比丘們,具備五種特質的不應該被驅逐。對親教師有過多的愛,有過多的信心,有過多的慚愧,有過多的恭敬,有過多的修習 - 比丘們,具備這五種特質的不應該被驅逐。 "比丘們,具備五種特質的適合被驅逐。對親教師沒有過多的愛,沒有過多的信心,沒有過多的慚愧,沒有過多的恭敬,沒有過多的修習 - 比丘們,具備這五種特質的適合被驅逐。 "比丘們,具備五種特質的不適合被驅逐。對親教師有過多的愛,有過多的信心,有過多的慚愧,有過多的恭敬,有過多的修習 - 比丘們,具備這五種特質的不適合被驅逐。 "比丘們,對具備五種特質的,親教師不驅逐就有過失,驅逐就沒有過失。對親教師沒有過多的愛,沒有過多的信心,沒有過多的慚愧,沒有過多的恭敬,沒有過多的修習 - 比丘們,對具備這五種特質的,親教師不驅逐就有過失,驅逐就沒有過失。 "比丘們,對具備五種特質的,親教師驅逐就有過失,不驅逐就沒有過失。對親教師有過多的愛,有過多的信心,有過多的慚愧,有過多的恭敬,有過多的修習 - 比丘們,對具備這五種特質的,親教師驅逐就有過失,不驅逐就沒有過失。" 驅逐和請求原諒結束。 愚鈍無能的情況 當時,比丘們說"我們已經十歲了,我們已經十歲了",愚鈍無能卻給人依止。有些親教師愚鈍,聰明。有些親教師無能,能幹。有些親教師學識少,學識多。有些親教師愚笨,有智慧。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、傳播說:"為什麼比丘們說'我們已經十歲了,我們已經十歲了',愚鈍無能卻給人依止。有些親教師愚鈍,聰明,有些親教師無能,能幹,有些親教師學識少,學識多,有些親教師愚笨,有智慧。"然後那些比丘把這件事告訴世尊...世尊說:"比丘們,是真的嗎,比丘們說'我們已經十歲了,我們已經十歲了',愚鈍無能卻給人依止...?""是真的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵責...呵責后...作了法的開示,對比丘們說:"比丘們,愚鈍無能的人不應該給人依止。給的話,犯突吉羅罪。比丘們,我允許有能力的比丘,十歲或超過十歲的,給人依止。" 愚鈍無能的情況結束。 關於依止的終止 當時,比丘們不知道在親教師和戒師離開、還俗、去世、改投他派時依止是否終止。他們把這件事告訴世尊。 "比丘們,有五種情況下依止戒師終止 - 戒師離開,還俗,去世,改投他派,或者命令終止。比丘們,這是五種依止戒師終止的情況。 "比丘們,有六種情況下依止親教師終止 - 親教師離開,還俗,去世,改投他派,命令終止,或者與戒師重合。比丘們,這是六種依止親教師終止的情況。" 關於依止的終止結束。 應該授具足戒的五種情況

1. 『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na asekkhena [na asekhena (ka.)] sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo , sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

"諸比丘，具備五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他不具備無學戒蘊，不具備無學定蘊，不具備無學慧蘊，不具備無學解脫蘊，不具備無學解脫知見蘊 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他具備無學戒蘊，具備無學定蘊，具備無學慧蘊，具備無學解脫蘊，具備無學解脫知見蘊 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。自己不具備無學戒蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學戒蘊；自己不具備無學定蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學定蘊；自己不具備無學慧蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學慧蘊；自己不具備無學解脫蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學解脫蘊；自己不具備無學解脫知見蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學解脫知見蘊 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。自己具備無學戒蘊，能勸導他人修習無學戒蘊；自己具備無學定蘊，能勸導他人修習無學定蘊；自己具備無學慧蘊，能勸導他人修習無學慧蘊；自己具備無學解脫蘊，能勸導他人修習無學解脫蘊；自己具備無學解脫知見蘊，能勸導他人修習無學解脫知見蘊 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他無信仰，無慚恥心，無畏懼心，懶惰，失念 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他有信仰，有慚恥心，有畏懼心，精進，具念 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他在增上戒上破戒，在增上行為上破行為，在增上見解上破見解，少聞，愚鈍 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ , nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ [anabhiratiṃ (syā.), uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ (ka.)] vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ [vinodetuṃ vā vinodāpetuṃ vā (sabbattha, vimativinodanī ṭīkā oloketabbā)] āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ – imehi kho , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

"諸比丘，具備五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他在增上戒上不破戒，在增上行為上不破行為，在增上見解上不破見解，多聞，有智慧 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他不能照顧生病的弟子或同住者，或安排他人照顧；不能消除或安排他人消除不滿；不能如法驅除已生起的悔恨；不知何為犯戒；不知如何出罪 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他能照顧生病的弟子或同住者，或安排他人照顧；能消除或安排他人消除不滿；能如法驅除已生起的悔恨；知何為犯戒；知如何出罪 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他不能教導弟子或同住者學習細行，不能教導初梵行的戒律，不能教導阿毗達摩，不能教導律，不能如法分析已生起的邪見 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他能教導弟子或同住者學習細行，能教導初梵行的戒律，能教導阿毗達摩，能教導律，能如法分析已生起的邪見 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他不知何為犯戒，不知何為不犯戒，不知何為輕戒，不知何為重戒，他對兩部波羅提木叉不能詳細地善加解說、善加分別、善加演說、善加判定，無論是經還是句 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他知何為犯戒，知何為不犯戒，知何為輕戒，知何為重戒，他對兩部波羅提木叉能詳細地善加解說、善加分別、善加演說、善加判定，無論是經還是句 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他不知何為犯戒，不知何為不犯戒，不知何為輕戒，不知何為重戒，他未滿十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo』』ti.

Upasampādetabbapañcakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Upasampādetabbachakkaṃ

"諸比丘，具備五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他知何為犯戒，知何為不犯戒，知何為輕戒，知何為重戒，他已滿十個雨安居或超過十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這五種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。" 應授予具足戒的五法已結束。 應授予具足戒的六

1. 『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo . Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ , nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

"諸比丘，具備六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他不具備無學戒蘊，不具備無學定蘊，不具備無學慧蘊，不具備無學解脫蘊，不具備無學解脫知見蘊，未滿十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他具備無學戒蘊，具備無學定蘊，具備無學慧蘊，具備無學解脫蘊，具備無學解脫知見蘊，已滿十個雨安居或超過十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。自己不具備無學戒蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學戒蘊；自己不具備無學定蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學定蘊；自己不具備無學慧蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學慧蘊；自己不具備無學解脫蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學解脫蘊；自己不具備無學解脫知見蘊，不能勸導他人修習無學解脫知見蘊；未滿十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。自己具備無學戒蘊，能勸導他人修習無學戒蘊；自己具備無學定蘊，能勸導他人修習無學定蘊；自己具備無學慧蘊，能勸導他人修習無學慧蘊；自己具備無學解脫蘊，能勸導他人修習無學解脫蘊；自己具備無學解脫知見蘊，能勸導他人修習無學解脫知見蘊；已滿十個雨安居或超過十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他無信仰，無慚恥心，無畏懼心，懶惰，失念，未滿十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他有信仰，有慚恥心，有畏懼心，精進，具念，已滿十個雨安居或超過十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他在增上戒上破戒，在增上行為上破行為，在增上見解上破見解，少聞，愚鈍，未滿十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ, āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ, āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi , bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ , abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Chahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo , sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti , anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo』』ti.

Upasampādetabbachakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Aññatitthiyapubbakathā

"諸比丘，具備六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他在增上戒上不破戒，在增上行為上不破行為，在增上見解上不破見解，多聞，有智慧，已滿十個雨安居或超過十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他不能照顧生病的弟子或同住者，或安排他人照顧；不能消除或安排他人消除不滿；不能如法驅除已生起的悔恨；不知何為犯戒；不知如何出罪；未滿十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他能照顧生病的弟子或同住者，或安排他人照顧；能消除或安排他人消除不滿；能如法驅除已生起的悔恨；知何為犯戒；知如何出罪；已滿十個雨安居或超過十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他不能教導弟子或同住者學習細行，不能教導初梵行的戒律，不能教導阿毗達摩，不能教導律，不能如法分析已生起的邪見，未滿十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他能教導弟子或同住者學習細行，能教導初梵行的戒律，能教導阿毗達摩，能教導律，能如法分析已生起的邪見，已滿十個雨安居或超過十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備另外六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。他不知何為犯戒，不知何為不犯戒，不知何為輕戒，不知何為重戒，他對兩部波羅提木叉不能詳細地善加解說、善加分別、善加演說、善加判定，無論是經還是句，未滿十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘不應授予具足戒，不應給予依止，不應讓沙彌侍奉。 "諸比丘，具備六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。他知何為犯戒，知何為不犯戒，知何為輕戒，知何為重戒，他對兩部波羅提木叉能詳細地善加解說、善加分別、善加演說、善加判定，無論是經還是句，已滿十個雨安居或超過十個雨安居 - 諸比丘，具備這六種特質的比丘應授予具足戒，應給予依止，應讓沙彌侍奉。" 應授予具足戒的六法已結束。 關於曾屬其他教派者的討論

1. Tena kho pana samayena yo so aññatitthiyapubbo [yo so pasuraparibbājako aññatitthiyapubbo (ka.)] pajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkami. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yo so, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkanto, so āgato na upasampādetabbo. Yo so, bhikkhave, aññopi aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, tassa cattāro māse parivāso dātabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo – paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – 『『buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī』』ti.

Tena, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbena saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – 『『ahaṃ, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṃ. Sohaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācāmī』』ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbo. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. So saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. So saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ deti. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Dinno saṅghena itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāso. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti.

當時，有一位曾屬其他教派的人，在被戒師如法教誡時，反駁戒師的話，又回到了原來的教派。他後來再次回來，請求比丘們授予他具足戒。比丘們將此事稟告世尊。"諸比丘，那位曾屬其他教派的人，在被戒師如法教誡時，反駁戒師的話，又回到了原來的教派，他若再來，不應授予他具足戒。諸比丘，若有其他曾屬其他教派的人，想在這法律中出家，想受具足戒，應給他四個月的觀察期。諸比丘，應當這樣給予：首先讓他剃除鬚髮，披上袈裟，偏袒右肩，禮拜比丘們的雙足，蹲踞，合掌，告訴他這樣說：'我皈依佛，我皈依法，我皈依僧；第二次我皈依佛，第二次我皈依法，第二次我皈依僧；第三次我皈依佛，第三次我皈依法，第三次我皈依僧。' 諸比丘，那位曾屬其他教派的人應當來到僧團前，偏袒右肩，禮拜比丘們的雙足，蹲踞，合掌，這樣說：'尊者們，我曾屬其他教派，現在想在這法律中受具足戒。尊者們，我請求僧團給予四個月的觀察期。'應當第二次請求。應當第三次請求。由一位有能力的比丘向僧團宣告： '大德僧團請聽。這位某某曾屬其他教派，現在想在這法律中受具足戒。他請求僧團給予四個月的觀察期。如果僧團已到適當時候，僧團應給予這位某某曾屬其他教派的人四個月的觀察期。這是動議。 大德僧團請聽。這位某某曾屬其他教派，現在想在這法律中受具足戒。他請求僧團給予四個月的觀察期。僧團現在給予這位某某曾屬其他教派的人四個月的觀察期。哪位尊者同意給予這位某某曾屬其他教派的人四個月的觀察期，請保持沉默；哪位不同意，請說出來。 僧團已經給予這位某某曾屬其他教派的人四個月的觀察期。僧團同意，因此保持沉默。我如此記住這件事。'"

1. 『『Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti, evaṃ anārādhako. Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo atikālena gāmaṃ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikāgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunigocaro vā hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, na alaṃ kātuṃ, na alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa anārādhanīyasmiṃ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. Evaṃ anārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato na upasampādetabbo.

『『Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo nātikālena gāmaṃ pavisati nātidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgocaro hoti, na thullakumārikāgocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro hoti, na bhikkhunigocaro hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti, analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ, alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave , aññatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa ārādhanīyasmiṃ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. Evaṃ ārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato upasampādetabbo.

『『Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo naggo āgacchati, upajjhāyamūlakaṃ cīvaraṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. Sace acchinnakeso āgacchati, saṅgho apaloketabbo bhaṇḍukammāya. Ye te, bhikkhave, aggikā jaṭilakā, te āgatā upasampādetabbā, na tesaṃ parivāso dātabbo. Taṃ kissa hetu? Kammavādino ete, bhikkhave, kiriyavādino. Sace, bhikkhave, jātiyā sākiyo aññatitthiyapubbo āgacchati , so āgato upasampādetabbo, na tassa parivāso dātabbo. Imāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ñātīnaṃ āveṇikaṃ parihāraṃ dammī』』ti.

Aññatitthiyapubbakathā niṭṭhitā.

Sattamabhāṇavāro.

"諸比丘，這就是曾屬其他教派的人如何成功，如何失敗。諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人如何失敗？在這裡，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人過早進入村莊，過晚返回。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人就失敗了。 "再者，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人常去妓女處，或去寡婦處，或去成年少女處，或去閹人處，或去比丘尼處。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人也失敗了。 "再者，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人對於同梵行者的各種大小事務，不熟練，不勤勉，不具備適當的觀察能力，不能做，不能安排。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人也失敗了。 "再者，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人對於誦經、問法、增上戒、增上心、增上慧沒有強烈的欲求。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人也失敗了。 "再者，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人聽到批評他所來自的教派的導師、見解、主張、喜好、教義時，他生氣、不悅、不滿；聽到批評佛、法、僧時，他高興、歡喜、滿意。或者，聽到讚美他所來自的教派的導師、見解、主張、喜好、教義時，他高興、歡喜、滿意；聽到讚美佛、法、僧時，他生氣、不悅、不滿。諸比丘，這是曾屬其他教派的人失敗的總結。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人也失敗了。諸比丘，這樣失敗的曾屬其他教派的人若來，不應授予他具足戒。 "諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人如何成功？在這裡，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人不過早進入村莊，不過晚返回。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人就成功了。 "再者，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人不去妓女處，不去寡婦處，不去成年少女處，不去閹人處，不去比丘尼處。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人也成功了。 "再者，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人對於同梵行者的各種大小事務，熟練，勤勉，具備適當的觀察能力，能做，能安排。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人也成功了。 "再者，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人對於誦經、問法、增上戒、增上心、增上慧有強烈的欲求。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人也成功了。 "再者，諸比丘，曾屬其他教派的人聽到批評他所來自的教派的導師、見解、主張、喜好、教義時，他高興、歡喜、滿意；聽到批評佛、法、僧時，他生氣、不悅、不滿。或者，聽到讚美他所來自的教派的導師、見解、主張、喜好、教義時，他生氣、不悅、不滿；聽到讚美佛、法、僧時，他高興、歡喜、滿意。諸比丘，這是曾屬其他教派的人成功的總結。諸比丘，這樣曾屬其他教派的人也成功了。諸比丘，這樣成功的曾屬其他教派的人若來，應授予他具足戒。 "諸比丘，如果曾屬其他教派的人赤身而來，應為他尋找依止師給予的衣服。如果他留著長髮而來，應請示僧團為他剃髮。諸比丘，那些事火外道和結髮外道，他們若來，應授予他們具足戒，不必給他們觀察期。為什麼呢？諸比丘，因為他們是業論者、作為論者。諸比丘，如果有生為釋迦族人的曾屬其他教派者來，應授予他具足戒，不必給他觀察期。諸比丘，我給予親族這個特殊待遇。" 關於曾屬其他教派者的討論結束。 第七誦分結束。

1. Pañcābādhavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena magadhesu pañca ābādhā ussannā honti – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro. Manussā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti – 『『sādhu no, ācariya, tikicchāhī』』ti. 『『Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo; rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu』』nti. 『『Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu; mayañca te dāsā; sādhu, no, ācariya, tikicchāhī』』ti. 『『Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu』』nti. Atha kho tesaṃ manussānaṃ etadahosi – 『『ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma. Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissatī』』ti . Atha kho te manussā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Te bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṃsu jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū gilāne bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti – gilānabhattaṃ detha, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ detha, gilānabhesajjaṃ dethāti. Jīvakopi komārabhacco bahū gilāne bhikkhū tikicchanto aññataraṃ rājakiccaṃ parihāpesi.

3. Aññataropi puriso pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – 『『sādhu maṃ, ācariya, tikicchāhī』』ti. 『『Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco, bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu』』nti. 『『Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu, ahañca te dāso; sādhu maṃ, ācariya, tikicchāhī』』ti. 『『Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu』』nti. Atha kho tassa purisassa etadahosi – 『『ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ. Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissati. Somhi [sohaṃ (bahūsu, vimativinodanīṭīkā oloketabbā)] arogo vibbhamissāmī』』ti . Atha kho so puriso bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Taṃ bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṃsu, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. So arogo vibbhami. Addasā kho jīvako komārabhacco taṃ purisaṃ vibbhantaṃ, disvāna taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – 『『nanu tvaṃ, ayyo, bhikkhūsu pabbajito ahosī』』ti? 『『Evaṃ, ācariyā』』ti. 『『Kissa pana tvaṃ, ayyo, evarūpamakāsī』』ti? Atha kho so puriso jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Jīvako komārabhacco ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhadantā [bhaddantā (ka.)] pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ pabbājessantī』』ti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『sādhu, bhante, ayyā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ na pabbājeyyu』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『na, bhikkhave, pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti.

Pañcābādhavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Rājabhaṭavatthu

五種疾病的故事 那時，在摩揭陀國流行五種疾病：麻風病、瘡癤、白癩、肺癆和癲癇。人們患了這五種疾病後，就去找耆婆·童子醫生說："老師，請你醫治我們吧。"耆婆回答說："先生們，我很忙，有很多事要做；我要侍奉摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅，還要照顧後宮和以佛陀為首的比丘僧團，我沒有時間醫治你們。""老師，我們所有的財產都歸你，我們也做你的奴僕，請你醫治我們吧。""先生們，我真的很忙，有很多事要做；我要侍奉摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅，還要照顧後宮和以佛陀為首的比丘僧團，我沒有時間醫治你們。"那些人就想："這些釋迦子沙門生活安逸，行為舒適，吃美食，睡在避風的床上。我們不如去釋迦子沙門那裡出家。那裡比丘們會照顧我們，耆婆·童子醫生也會醫治我們。"於是那些人去找比丘請求出家。比丘們讓他們出家，授予他們具足戒。比丘們照顧他們，耆婆·童子醫生也醫治他們。那時，比丘們照顧許多生病的比丘，經常請求和乞求："請給病人食物，請給照顧病人的人食物，請給病人藥物。"耆婆·童子醫生因為要醫治許多生病的比丘，耽誤了一些王室的事務。 另有一個人患了這五種疾病，去找耆婆·童子醫生說："老師，請你醫治我吧。""先生，我很忙，有很多事要做；我要侍奉摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅，還要照顧後宮和以佛陀為首的比丘僧團，我沒有時間醫治你。""老師，我所有的財產都歸你，我也做你的奴僕，請你醫治我吧。""先生，我真的很忙，有很多事要做；我要侍奉摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅，還要照顧後宮和以佛陀為首的比丘僧團，我沒有時間醫治你。"那個人就想："這些釋迦子沙門生活安逸，行為舒適，吃美食，睡在避風的床上。我不如去釋迦子沙門那裡出家。那裡比丘們會照顧我，耆婆·童子醫生也會醫治我。等我痊癒了就還俗。"於是那個人去找比丘請求出家。比丘們讓他出家，授予他具足戒。比丘們照顧他，耆婆·童子醫生也醫治他。他痊癒后就還俗了。耆婆·童子醫生看到那個人還俗，就問他："先生，你不是在比丘中出家了嗎？""是的，老師。""那你為什麼這樣做呢？"那個人就把事情的經過告訴了耆婆·童子醫生。耆婆·童子醫生不滿、抱怨、責備說："尊者們怎麼能讓患有五種疾病的人出家呢？"於是耆婆·童子醫生去見世尊，向世尊禮拜後坐在一旁。坐下後，耆婆·童子醫生對世尊說："世尊，請尊者們不要讓患有五種疾病的人出家。"世尊就以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞耆婆·童子醫生。耆婆·童子醫生聽了世尊的法語，受到開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞后，從座位上起身，向世尊禮拜，右繞后離去。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合說了法語后，告訴比丘們："比丘們，不要讓患有五種疾病的人出家。誰讓他們出家，犯突吉羅罪。" 五種疾病的故事結束。 國王士兵的故事

1. Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccanto kupito hoti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro senānāyake mahāmatte āṇāpesi – 『『gacchatha, bhaṇe, paccantaṃ uccinathā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, devā』』ti kho senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccassosuṃ. Atha kho abhiññātānaṃ abhiññātānaṃ yodhānaṃ etadahosi – 『『mayaṃ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchantā pāpañca karoma, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavāma. Kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā』』ti? Atha kho tesaṃ yodhānaṃ etadahosi – 『『ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho mayaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma, evaṃ mayaṃ pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā』』ti. Atha kho te yodhā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Senānāyakā mahāmattā rājabhaṭe pucchiṃsu – 『『kiṃ nu kho, bhaṇe, itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca yodhā na dissantī』』ti? 『『Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca, sāmi, yodhā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā』』ti. Senānāyakā mahāmattā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājessantī』』ti. Senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vohārike mahāmatte pucchi – 『『yo, bhaṇe, rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājeti, kiṃ so pasavatī』』ti? 『『Upajjhāyassa, deva, sīsaṃ chetabbaṃ, anussāvakassa [anusāvakassa (ka.)] jivhā uddharitabbā, gaṇassa upaḍḍhaphāsukā bhañjitabbā』』ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『santi, bhante, rājāno assaddhā appasannā. Te appamattakenapi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṃ. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā rājabhaṭaṃ na pabbājeyyu』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『na, bhikkhave, rājabhaṭo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti.

Rājabhaṭavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Aṅgulimālacoravatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena coro aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā passitvā ubbijjantipi, uttasantipi, palāyantipi , aññenapi gacchanti, aññenapi mukhaṃ karonti, dvārampi thakenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhajabandhaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, dhajabandho coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Aṅgulimālacoravatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Kārabhedakacoravatthu

那時，摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅的邊境發生叛亂。於是摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅命令將軍大臣們說："諸位，去平定邊境。"將軍大臣們回答說："遵命，陛下。"然後，一些著名的勇士們想："我們喜歡戰鬥，去了就會造惡業，積累很多罪過。我們用什麼方法才能避免惡業，行善呢？"那些勇士們又想："這些釋迦子沙門是行法者、行正道者、行梵行者、說實語者、有戒德者、具善法者。如果我們在釋迦子沙門中出家，我們就能避免惡業，行善。"於是那些勇士去找比丘請求出家。比丘們讓他們出家，授予他們具足戒。將軍大臣們問士兵們："諸位，某某某某勇士怎麼不見了？""大人，某某某某勇士在比丘中出家了。"將軍大臣們不滿、抱怨、責備說："釋迦子沙門怎麼能讓國王的士兵出家呢？"將軍大臣們把這件事報告給摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅。於是摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅問司法大臣們："諸位，誰讓國王的士兵出家，會受到什麼懲罰？""陛下，應該砍掉戒師的頭，割掉羯磨師的舌頭，打斷僧團一半人的肋骨。"然後摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅去見世尊，向世尊禮拜後坐在一旁。坐下後，摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅對世尊說："世尊，有些國王不信仰，不虔誠。他們可能會因為小事就騷擾比丘。請尊者們不要讓國王的士兵出家。"世尊就以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅。摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅聽了世尊的法語，受到開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞后，從座位上起身，向世尊禮拜，右繞后離去。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合說了法語后，告訴比丘們："比丘們，不要讓國王的士兵出家。誰讓他們出家，犯突吉羅罪。" 國王士兵的故事結束。 指鬘賊的故事 那時，盜賊指鬘在比丘中出家。人們看到他就驚恐、害怕、逃跑，走另一條路，轉向別處，關上門。人們不滿、抱怨、責備說："釋迦子沙門怎麼能讓臭名昭著的盜賊出家呢？"比丘們聽到那些人不滿、抱怨、責備。於是那些比丘把這件事報告給世尊...（中略）..."比丘們，不要讓臭名昭著的盜賊出家。誰讓他出家，犯突吉羅罪。" 指鬘賊的故事結束。 破獄盜賊的故事

1. Tena kho pana samayena raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena anuññātaṃ hoti – 『『ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā kārāya baddho hoti. So kāraṃ bhinditvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – 『『ayaṃ so kārabhedako coro. Handa, naṃ nemā』』ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – 『『māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena – 『『ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kārabhedakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, kārabhedako coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Kārabhedakacoravatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Likhitakacoravatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So ca rañño antepure likhito hoti – yattha passati, tattha hantabboti. Manussā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – 『『ayaṃ so likhitako coro. Handa, naṃ hanāmā』』ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – 『『māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena 『『ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā likhitakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, likhitako coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Likhitakacoravatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Kasāhatavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kasāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na , bhikkhave, kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Kasāhatavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Lakkhaṇāhatavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā lakkhaṇāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Lakkhaṇāhatavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Iṇāyikavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso iṇāyiko palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Dhaniyā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – 『『ayaṃ so amhākaṃ iṇāyiko. Handa, naṃ nemā』』ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – 『『māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena – 『『ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā iṇāyikaṃ pabbājessantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Na, bhikkhave, iṇāyiko pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Iṇāyikavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Dāsavatthu

那時，摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅允許："凡在釋迦子沙門中出家的人，不得對他們做任何事；法已善說，讓他們修行梵行，正確地終結苦。"那時，有一個人犯了盜竊罪被關在監獄裡。他逃出監獄后在比丘中出家。人們看到他就說："這就是那個破獄逃跑的盜賊。來，我們抓他吧。"有些人說："諸位，不要這樣說。摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅已經允許：'凡在釋迦子沙門中出家的人，不得對他們做任何事；法已善說，讓他們修行梵行，正確地終結苦。'"人們不滿、抱怨、責備說："這些釋迦子沙門是無畏者，不能對他們做任何事。釋迦子沙門怎麼能讓破獄逃跑的盜賊出家呢？"他們把這件事報告給世尊。"比丘們，不要讓破獄逃跑的盜賊出家。誰讓他出家，犯突吉羅罪。" 破獄盜賊的故事結束。 通緝盜賊的故事 那時，有一個人犯了盜竊罪逃跑后在比丘中出家。他被國王在宮中通緝，下令無論在哪裡見到就殺掉。人們看到他就說："這就是那個被通緝的盜賊。來，我們殺了他吧。"有些人說："諸位，不要這樣說。摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅已經允許：'凡在釋迦子沙門中出家的人，不得對他們做任何事；法已善說，讓他們修行梵行，正確地終結苦。'"人們不滿、抱怨、責備說："這些釋迦子沙門是無畏者，不能對他們做任何事。釋迦子沙門怎麼能讓被通緝的盜賊出家呢？"他們把這件事報告給世尊。"比丘們，不要讓被通緝的盜賊出家。誰讓他出家，犯突吉羅罪。" 通緝盜賊的故事結束。 被鞭打者的故事 那時，有一個被鞭打過的罪犯在比丘中出家。人們不滿、抱怨、責備說："釋迦子沙門怎麼能讓被鞭打過的罪犯出家呢？"他們把這件事報告給世尊。"比丘們，不要讓被鞭打過的罪犯出家。誰讓他出家，犯突吉羅罪。" 被鞭打者的故事結束。 被烙印者的故事 那時，有一個被烙印過的罪犯在比丘中出家。人們不滿、抱怨、責備說："釋迦子沙門怎麼能讓被烙印過的罪犯出家呢？"他們把這件事報告給世尊。"比丘們，不要讓被烙印過的罪犯出家。誰讓他出家，犯突吉羅罪。" 被烙印者的故事結束。 負債者的故事 那時，有一個負債的人逃跑后在比丘中出家。債主們看到他就說："這就是欠我們錢的人。來，我們抓他吧。"有些人說："諸位，不要這樣說。摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅已經允許：'凡在釋迦子沙門中出家的人，不得對他們做任何事；法已善說，讓他們修行梵行，正確地終結苦。'"人們不滿、抱怨、責備說："這些釋迦子沙門是無畏者，不能對他們做任何事。釋迦子沙門怎麼能讓負債的人出家呢？"他們把這件事報告給世尊。"比丘們，不要讓負債的人出家。誰讓他出家，犯突吉羅罪。" 負債者的故事結束。 奴隸的故事

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro dāso palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Ayyakā [ayyikā (ka.), ayirakā (sī.)] passitvā evamāhaṃsu – 『『ayaṃ so amhākaṃ dāso. Handa, naṃ nemā』』ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – 『『māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha, anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena 『『ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dāsaṃ pabbājessantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, dāso pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Dāsavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Kammārabhaṇḍuvatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro kammārabhaṇḍu mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu – 『『api, bhante, evarūpaṃ dārakaṃ passeyyāthā』』ti? Bhikkhū ajānaṃyeva āhaṃsu – 『『na jānāmā』』ti, apassaṃyeva āhaṃsu – 『『na passāmā』』ti. Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā bhikkhūsu pabbajitaṃ disvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, dussīlā musāvādino. Jānaṃyeva āhaṃsu – 『na jānāmā』ti, passaṃyeva āhaṃsu – 『na passāmā』ti. Ayaṃ dārako bhikkhūsu pabbajito』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitūnaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghaṃ apaloketuṃ bhaṇḍukammāyāti.

Kammārabhaṇḍuvatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Upālidārakavatthu

那時，有一個奴隸逃跑后在比丘中出家。主人們看到他就說："這就是我們的奴隸。來，我們抓他吧。"有些人說："諸位，不要這樣說。摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅已經允許：'凡在釋迦子沙門中出家的人，不得對他們做任何事；法已善說，讓他們修行梵行，正確地終結苦。'"人們不滿、抱怨、責備說："這些釋迦子沙門是無畏者，不能對他們做任何事。釋迦子沙門怎麼能讓奴隸出家呢？"他們把這件事報告給世尊。"比丘們，不要讓奴隸出家。誰讓他出家，犯突吉羅罪。" 奴隸的故事結束。 鐵匠學徒的故事 那時，有一個鐵匠學徒與父母吵架后，去到僧園在比丘中出家。那個鐵匠學徒的父母尋找他，來到僧園問比丘們："尊者們，你們有沒有看到這樣的孩子？"比丘們明明知道卻說："不知道"，明明看到卻說："沒看到"。後來，那個鐵匠學徒的父母在尋找過程中發現他已在比丘中出家，就不滿、抱怨、責備說："這些釋迦子沙門無恥，破戒，說謊。明明知道卻說'不知道'，明明看到卻說'沒看到'。這個孩子已經在比丘中出家了。"比丘們聽到那個鐵匠學徒的父母不滿、抱怨、責備。於是那些比丘把這件事報告給世尊。"比丘們，我允許徵得僧團同意后為他剃髮。" 鐵匠學徒的故事結束。 優波離童子的故事

99.[idaṃ vatthu pāci. 402 ādayo] Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti. Upālidārako tesaṃ pāmokkho hoti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā』』ti? Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā』』ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā』』ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. Sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā』』ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti . Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā』』ti.

Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca – 『『etha mayaṃ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā』』ti. 『『Sace kho tvaṃ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṃ mayampi pabbajissāmā』』ti. Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – 『『anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anāgāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā』』ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dārakānaṃ mātāpitaro – 『『sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā』』ti – anujāniṃsu. Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ . Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti – 『『yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā』』ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati. Sace yāgu bhavissati pivissatha, sace bhattaṃ bhavissati bhuñjissatha, sace khādanīyaṃ bhavissati khādissatha; no ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā』』ti. Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva 『『yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā』』ti; senāsanaṃ uhadantipi ummihantipi.

Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo』』ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādentī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… 『『kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādessanti. Ūnavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『na, bhikkhave, jānaṃ ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo』』ti.

Upālidārakavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Ahivātakarogavatthu

那時，在王舍城（現在的拉杰吉爾）有十七個童子是朋友。優波離童子是他們的領袖。優波離的父母想："用什麼方法能讓優波離在我們去世後生活安樂，不受苦呢？"優波離的父母又想："如果優波離學習書寫，這樣優波離在我們去世后就能生活安樂，不受苦。"優波離的父母又想："如果優波離學習書寫，手指會痛。如果優波離學習計算，這樣優波離在我們去世后就能生活安樂，不受苦。"優波離的父母又想："如果優波離學習計算，胸部會痛。如果優波離學習繪畫，這樣優波離在我們去世后就能生活安樂，不受苦。"優波離的父母又想："如果優波離學習繪畫，眼睛會痛。這些釋迦子沙門生活安逸，行為舒適，吃美食，睡在避風的床上。如果優波離在釋迦子沙門中出家，這樣優波離在我們去世后就能生活安樂，不受苦。" 優波離童子聽到了父母的這番談話。於是優波離童子去找那些童子，對他們說："諸位，來吧，我們去釋迦子沙門那裡出家。""如果你出家，我們也出家。"然後那些童子各自去找自己的父母說："請允許我從在家生活出家，過無家生活。"那些童子的父母想："這些童子都有相同的願望，意圖良善"，就允許了。他們去找比丘請求出家。比丘們讓他們出家，授予他們具足戒。他們在深夜醒來哭泣說："給我們粥，給我們飯，給我們點心。"比丘們說："朋友們，等到天亮。如果有粥你們就喝，如果有飯你們就吃，如果有點心你們就吃；如果沒有粥、飯或點心，你們就去托缽吃。"即使比丘們這樣說，那些比丘還是哭泣著說："給我們粥，給我們飯，給我們點心"；他們還弄髒了臥具。 世尊在深夜醒來聽到了童子的聲音。聽到后問尊者阿難："阿難，這是什麼童子的聲音？"於是尊者阿難把這件事告訴了世尊...（中略）..."比丘們，是真的嗎，比丘們明知一個人未滿二十歲就授予他具足戒？""是真的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵責說："比丘們，這些愚人怎麼能明知一個人未滿二十歲就授予他具足戒呢？比丘們，未滿二十歲的人無法忍受寒、熱、饑、渴、虻、蚊、風、日曬、爬蟲的接觸，惡語和不善語，以及已生起的強烈、劇烈、尖銳、痛苦、不悅、不適、致命的身體感受。比丘們，滿二十歲的人才能忍受寒、熱、饑、渴、虻、蚊、風、日曬、爬蟲的接觸，惡語和不善語，以及已生起的強烈、劇烈、尖銳、痛苦、不悅、不適、致命的身體感受。比丘們，這不能使不信者生信，不能使已信者信心增長...（中略）...呵責后...（中略）...說了法語后告訴比丘們：'比丘們，不要明知一個人未滿二十歲就授予他具足戒。誰這樣做，應按法處置。'" 優波離童子的故事結束。 蛇毒疫病的故事

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ kulaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṃ hoti. Tassa pitāputtakā sesā honti. Te bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā ekatova piṇḍāya caranti. Atha kho so dārako pituno bhikkhāya dinnāya upadhāvitvā etadavoca – 『『mayhampi, tāta, dehi; mayhampi , tāta, dehī』』ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『abrahmacārino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Ayampi dārako bhikkhuniyā jāto』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saddhaṃ pasannaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṃ hoti, dve ca dārakā sesā honti. Te porāṇakena āciṇṇakappena bhikkhū passitvā upadhāvanti. Bhikkhū apasādenti. Te bhikkhūhi apasādiyamānā rodanti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – 『『bhagavatā paññattaṃ 『na ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo』ti. Ime ca dārakā ūnapannarasavassā. Kena nu kho upāyena ime dārakā na vinasseyyu』』nti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ussahanti pana te, ānanda, dārakā kāke uḍḍāpetunti? Ussahanti, bhagavāti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavassaṃ dārakaṃ kākuḍḍepakaṃ pabbājetu』』nti.

Ahivātakarogavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Kaṇṭakavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa dve sāmaṇerā honti – kaṇṭako ca mahako ca. Te aññamaññaṃ dūsesuṃ. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā. Yo upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Kaṇṭakavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Āhundarikavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tattheva rājagahe vassaṃ vasi, tattha hemantaṃ, tattha gimhaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『āhundarikā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ disā andhakārā, na imesaṃ disā pakkhāyantī』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『gacchānanda, avāpuraṇaṃ [apāpuraṇaṃ (ka.)] ādāya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocehi – 『『icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū』』ti. Evaṃ, bhante, ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā avāpuraṇaṃ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi – 『icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū』』』ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『bhagavatā, āvuso ānanda, paññattaṃ dasavassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. Tattha ca no gantabbaṃ bhavissati, nissayo ca gahetabbo bhavissati, ittaro ca vāso bhavissati, puna ca paccāgantabbaṃ bhavissati, puna ca nissayo gahetabbo bhavissati. Sace amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi gamissāma; no ce amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi na gamissāma. Lahucittakatā no, āvuso ānanda, paññāyissatī』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkāmi.

Āhundarikavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Nissayamuccanakakathā

以下是簡體中文的直譯: 那時,有一個家庭因蛇毒疫病而死亡。只剩下父子倆。他們在比丘僧團中出家,一起去化緣。這時那個男孩跑到他父親那裡,在他父親得到食物時說:"爸爸,也給我一些;爸爸,也給我一些。"人們抱怨、批評、傳播說:"這些釋迦族的沙門不守梵行。這個男孩是比丘尼生的。"比丘們聽到那些人抱怨、批評、傳播。於是那些比丘把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,不滿十五歲的男孩不應該讓他出家。誰讓他出家,犯惡作罪。" 那時,尊者阿難的一個信仰虔誠的護持家庭因蛇毒疫病而死亡,只剩下兩個男孩。他們按照以前的習慣,看到比丘就跑過去。比丘們斥責他們。他們被比丘斥責就哭了。這時尊者阿難想:"世尊規定'不滿十五歲的男孩不應該讓他出家'。這兩個男孩不滿十五歲。用什麼辦法才能使這兩個男孩不會滅亡呢?"於是尊者阿難把這件事告訴世尊。"阿難,這些男孩能驅趕烏鴉嗎?""世尊,他們能。"於是世尊以此因緣、以此場合說了法,然後告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許讓不滿十五歲但能驅趕烏鴉的男孩出家。" 蛇毒疫病的故事結束。 刺的故事 那時,尊者優波難陀·釋迦子有兩個沙彌:刺和摩訶。他們互相玷污。比丘們抱怨、批評、傳播說:"為什麼沙彌會做這樣不當的行為呢?"他們把這件事告訴世尊。"比丘們,一個人不應該侍奉兩個沙彌。誰侍奉,犯惡作罪。" 刺的故事結束。 阻塞的故事 那時,世尊就在王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)度過雨季、冬季和夏季。人們抱怨、批評、傳播說:"釋迦族沙門阻塞了方向,使方向變得黑暗,他們的方向不明朗。"比丘們聽到那些人抱怨、批評、傳播。於是那些比丘把這件事告訴世尊。這時世尊告訴尊者阿難:"阿難,去拿鑰匙,挨個精舍告訴比丘們:'朋友們,世尊想去南山遊行。誰想去的尊者就來吧。'"尊者阿難回答世尊說:"是的,尊者。"然後拿著鑰匙,挨個精舍告訴比丘們:"朋友們,世尊想去南山遊行。誰想去的尊者就來吧。"比丘們這樣說:"阿難朋友,世尊規定十年依止,十年後給予依止。我們要去那裡,要獲得依止,住處短暫,還要再回來,還要再獲得依止。如果我們的老師和戒師去,我們也去;如果我們的老師和戒師不去,我們也不去。阿難朋友,我們會被認為是輕浮的。"於是世尊帶著不完整的比丘僧團向南山遊行而去。 阻塞的故事結束。 關於解除依止的討論

1. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『kiṃ nu kho, ānanda, tathāgato ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkanto』』ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena pañcavassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, abyattena yāvajīvaṃ.

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti asekkhena samādhikkhandhena. Asekkhena paññākkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Saddho hoti , hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Aparehipi , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atireka pañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

Nissayamuccanakakathā niṭṭhitā.

Pañcakadasavāro niṭṭhito.

於是世尊在南山隨意住了一段時間后,又回到王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)。這時世尊告訴尊者阿難:"阿難,為什麼如來帶著不完整的比丘僧團去南山巡遊呢?"於是尊者阿難把這件事告訴世尊。這時世尊以此因緣、以此場合說了法,然後告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許有能力的、聰明的比丘五年依止,無能力的終生依止。 比丘們,具備五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。他不具備無學戒蘊、不具備無學定蘊、不具備無學慧蘊、不具備無學解脫蘊、不具備無學解脫知見蘊 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。 比丘們,具備五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。他具備無學戒蘊、具備無學定蘊、具備無學慧蘊、具備無學解脫蘊、具備無學解脫知見蘊 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。 比丘們,具備另外五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。他沒有信仰、無慚、無愧、懶惰、忘失正念 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。 比丘們,具備五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。他有信仰、有慚、有愧、精進、正念現前 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。 比丘們,具備另外五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。他在增上戒上破戒、在增上行為上破行為、在增上見解上破見解、少聞、愚鈍 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。 比丘們,具備五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。他在增上戒上不破戒、在增上行為上不破行為、在增上見解上不破見解、多聞、有智慧 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。 比丘們,具備另外五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。他不知道什麼是犯戒、不知道什麼是不犯戒、不知道什麼是輕罪、不知道什麼是重罪、他對兩部波羅提木叉不精通、不善分別、不善誦習、不善決定、不能依經依律 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。 比丘們,具備五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。他知道什麼是犯戒、知道什麼是不犯戒、知道什麼是輕罪、知道什麼是重罪、他對兩部波羅提木叉精通、善分別、善誦習、善決定、能依經依律 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。 比丘們,具備另外五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。他不知道什麼是犯戒、不知道什麼是不犯戒、不知道什麼是輕罪、不知道什麼是重罪、不滿五歲 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘不應該獨立生活。 比丘們,具備五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。他知道什麼是犯戒、知道什麼是不犯戒、知道什麼是輕罪、知道什麼是重罪、滿五歲或超過五歲 - 比丘們,具備這五種條件的比丘應該獨立生活。 關於解除依止的討論結束。 五法品結束。

1. 『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, asekkhena paññākkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Aparehipi , bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

『『Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabba』』nti.

Abhayūvarabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito aṭṭhamo.

Aṭṭhamabhāṇavāro.

1. Rāhulavatthu

"諸比丘,具備六種特質的比丘不應獨立生活。他不具備無學戒蘊,不具備無學定蘊,不具備無學慧蘊,不具備無學解脫蘊,不具備無學解脫知見蘊,出家未滿五年 - 諸比丘,具備這六種特質的比丘不應獨立生活。 "諸比丘,具備六種特質的比丘可以獨立生活。他具備無學戒蘊,具備無學定蘊,具備無學慧蘊,具備無學解脫蘊,具備無學解脫知見蘊,出家已滿五年或超過五年 - 諸比丘,具備這六種特質的比丘可以獨立生活。 "諸比丘,具備另外六種特質的比丘不應獨立生活。他沒有信心,無慚,無愧,懶惰,失念,出家未滿五年 - 諸比丘,具備這六種特質的比丘不應獨立生活。 "諸比丘,具備六種特質的比丘可以獨立生活。他有信心,有慚,有愧,精進,具念,出家已滿五年或超過五年 - 諸比丘,具備這六種特質的比丘可以獨立生活。 "諸比丘,具備另外六種特質的比丘不應獨立生活。他在增上戒上破戒,在增上行為上破行為,在增上見解上破見解,少聞,愚鈍,出家未滿五年 - 諸比丘,具備這六種特質的比丘不應獨立生活。 "諸比丘,具備六種特質的比丘可以獨立生活。他不在增上戒上破戒,不在增上行為上破行為,不在增上見解上破見解,多聞,有智慧,出家已滿五年或超過五年 - 諸比丘,具備這六種特質的比丘可以獨立生活。 "諸比丘,具備另外六種特質的比丘不應獨立生活。他不知何為犯戒,不知何為不犯戒,不知何為輕罪,不知何為重罪,他對兩部波羅提木叉不能詳細地善加理解、善加分別、善加運用、善加判斷,從字句到細節,出家未滿五年 - 諸比丘,具備這六種特質的比丘不應獨立生活。 "諸比丘,具備六種特質的比丘可以獨立生活。他知何為犯戒,知何為不犯戒,知何為輕罪,知何為重罪,他對兩部波羅提木叉能詳細地善加理解、善加分別、善加運用、善加判斷,從字句到細節,出家已滿五年或超過五年 - 諸比丘,具備這六種特質的比丘可以獨立生活。" 無畏最勝誦品第八結束。 第八誦品。 羅睺羅事

1. Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kapilavatthu tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kapilavatthu tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suddhodanassa sakkassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho rāhulamātā devī rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – 『『eso te, rāhula, pitā. Gacchassu [gacchassa (syā.)], dāyajjaṃ yācāhī』』ti. Atha kho rāhulo kumāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato purato, aṭṭhāsi – 『『sukhā te, samaṇa, chāyā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho rāhulo kumāro bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi – 『『dāyajjaṃ me, samaṇa, dehi; dāyajjaṃ me, samaṇa, dehī』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – 『『tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājehī』』ti. 『『Kathāhaṃ, bhante, rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājemī』』ti? Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjaṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo – paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajja』』nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājesi.

Atha kho suddhodano sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho suddhodano sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『ekāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yācāmī』』ti. 『『Atikkantavarā kho, gotama, tathāgatā』』ti. 『『Yañca, bhante, kappati, yañca anavajja』』nti. 『『Vadehi, gotamā』』ti. 『『Bhagavati me, bhante, pabbajite anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ ahosi, tathā nande, adhimattaṃ rāhule. Puttapemaṃ , bhante, chaviṃ chindati, chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati, cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati, maṃsaṃ chetvā nhāruṃ chindati, nhāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati, aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā ananuññātaṃ mātāpitūhi puttaṃ na pabbājeyyu』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā suddhodanaṃ sakkaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho suddhodano sakko bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『na, bhikkhave, ananuññāto mātāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṃ pāhesi – 『『imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū』』ti. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – 『『bhagavatā paññattaṃ 『na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā』ti. Ayañca me rāhulo sāmaṇero. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba』』nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena ekena dve sāmaṇere upaṭṭhāpetuṃ, yāvatake vā pana ussahati ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ tāvatake upaṭṭhāpetunti.

Rāhulavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Sikkhāpadakathā

這時,世尊在王舍城(現今拉杰吉爾)隨意住了一段時間后,向迦毗羅衛(現今尼泊爾蒂洛拉科特附近)出發遊行。他漸次遊行,最後到達了迦毗羅衛。在那裡,世尊住在迦毗羅衛的尼拘律園中。這時,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,前往凈飯釋迦王的住處。到達后,坐在準備好的座位上。這時,羅睺羅的母親對羅睺羅王子說:"羅睺羅,這是你的父親。去吧,向他要遺產。"於是羅睺羅王子走向世尊,走到後站在世尊面前,說:"沙門,你的影子真舒服啊。"這時世尊從座位起身離開。羅睺羅王子跟在世尊身後說:"沙門,給我遺產;沙門,給我遺產。"這時世尊對尊者舍利弗說:"那麼,舍利弗,你讓羅睺羅王子出家吧。""世尊,我該如何讓羅睺羅王子出家呢?"這時世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語,然後對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許以三皈依作為沙彌出家。比丘們,應當這樣讓他出家:首先讓他剃除鬚髮,讓他穿上袈裟,讓他偏袒右肩,讓他禮拜比丘們的雙足,讓他蹲坐,讓他合掌,然後應當這樣指導他說:'我皈依佛,我皈依法,我皈依僧;第二次我皈依佛,第二次我皈依法,第二次我皈依僧;第三次我皈依佛,第三次我皈依法,第三次我皈依僧。'比丘們,我允許以這三皈依作為沙彌出家。"於是尊者舍利弗讓羅睺羅王子出家。 這時,凈飯釋迦王走向世尊,走到后禮敬世尊,然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的凈飯釋迦王對世尊說:"世尊,我向世尊請求一個恩惠。""喬達摩,如來已超越了恩惠。""世尊,是適當的、無過失的。""喬達摩,請說。""世尊,當世尊出家時,我感到極大的痛苦,難陀也是如此,對羅睺羅更是如此。世尊,對兒子的愛割傷面板,割傷面板后割傷肉,割傷肉后割傷筋,割傷筋后割傷骨,割傷骨后觸及骨髓。世尊,善哉,愿聖者們不要在未得到父母允許的情況下讓兒子出家。"這時世尊以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令凈飯釋迦王歡喜。然後凈飯釋迦王在被世尊以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令歡喜后,從座位起身,禮敬世尊,右繞后離開。這時世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語,然後對比丘們說:"比丘們,不應讓未得到父母允許的兒子出家。誰讓他出家,犯惡作。" 這時,世尊在迦毗羅衛隨意住了一段時間后,向舍衛城(現今薩赫特-馬赫特)出發遊行。他漸次遊行,最後到達了舍衛城。在那裡,世尊住在舍衛城的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,尊者舍利弗的侍奉家庭派一個男孩到尊者舍利弗那裡,說:"請長老讓這個男孩出家。"這時尊者舍利弗想:"世尊制定'一個人不應侍奉兩個沙彌',而我已有羅睺羅這個沙彌。我該如何處理呢?"他把這件事告訴了世尊。"比丘們,我允許有能力的、有經驗的比丘侍奉兩個沙彌,或者侍奉他能夠教導、指導的任何數量的沙彌。" 羅睺羅事結束。 學處之談

1. Atha kho sāmaṇerānaṃ etadahosi – 『『kati nu kho amhākaṃ sikkhāpadāni, kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabba』』nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṃ dasa sikkhāpadāni, tesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhituṃ – pāṇātipātā veramaṇī [veramaṇi, veramaṇiṃ (ka.)], adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī, musāvādā veramaṇī, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī, vikālabhojanā veramaṇī, naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā veramaṇī, mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī , uccāsayanamahāsayanā veramaṇī, jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā veramaṇī. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṃ imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni, imesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhitunti.

Sikkhāpadakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Daṇḍakammavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharissantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātuṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātunti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『kiṃ nu kho daṇḍakammaṃ kātabba』』nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṃ kātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ sabbaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Sāmaṇerā ārāmaṃ pavisituṃ alabhamānā pakkamantipi , vibbhamantipi, titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sabbo saṅghārāmo āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha vā vasati, yattha vā paṭikkamati, tattha āvaraṇaṃ kātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārikaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Manussā yāgupānampi saṅghabhattampi karontā sāmaṇere evaṃ vadenti – 『『etha, bhante, yāguṃ pivatha; etha, bhante, bhattaṃ bhuñjathā』』ti. Sāmaṇerā evaṃ vadenti – 『『nāvuso, labbhā. Bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ kata』』nti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhadantā sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārikaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, mukhadvāriko āhāro āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Daṇḍakammavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Anāpucchāvaraṇavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upajjhāye anāpucchā sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Upajjhāyā gavesanti – kathaṃ [kahaṃ (ka.)] nu kho amhākaṃ sāmaṇerā na dissantīti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『chabbaggiyehi, āvuso, bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ kata』』nti. Upajjhāyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe anāpucchā amhākaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, upajjhāye anāpucchā āvaraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Anāpucchāvaraṇavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Apalāḷanavatthu

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sāmaṇere apalāḷenti. Therā sāmaṃ dantakaṭṭhampi mukhodakampi gaṇhantā kilamanti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, aññassa parisā apalāḷetabbā. Yo apalāḷeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā ti.

Apalāḷanavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

這時,沙彌們想:"我們有多少學處?我們應該在哪裡學習?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。(中略)我允許,比丘們,沙彌有十條學處,沙彌們應當在這些學處中學習 - 不殺生,不偷盜,不非梵行,不妄語,不飲酒,不非時食,不觀看歌舞音樂,不使用花鬘、香料、塗油、裝飾品,不使用高大床座,不接受金銀。比丘們,我允許沙彌有這十條學處,沙彌們應當在這些學處中學習。 學處之談結束。 懲罰事 那時,沙彌們對比丘不恭敬、不順從、不和諧相處。比丘們抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼沙彌們對比丘不恭敬、不順從、不和諧相處呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。(中略)我允許,比丘們,對具有五種特質的沙彌實施懲罰。他謀求比丘們的不利,他謀求比丘們的損害,他謀求比丘們的無住處,他辱罵、責備比丘們,他離間比丘們 - 比丘們,我允許對具有這五種特質的沙彌實施懲罰。 這時,比丘們想:"應該實施什麼懲罰呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,實施禁止進入。 那時,比丘們禁止沙彌們進入整個僧園。沙彌們因為不能進入僧園而離開、還俗,甚至加入外道。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應禁止進入整個僧園。誰這樣做,犯惡作。我允許,比丘們,禁止進入他居住或經常出入的地方。 那時,比丘們禁止沙彌們接受口中食物。人們在準備粥飲或僧團食物時對沙彌們說:"來吧,尊者,喝粥;來吧,尊者,吃飯。"沙彌們這樣說:"朋友,不行。比丘們已經禁止了。"人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼尊者們要禁止沙彌們接受口中食物呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應禁止接受口中食物。誰這樣做,犯惡作。 懲罰事結束。 未請示禁止事 那時,六群比丘未請示和尚就禁止沙彌們進入。和尚們尋找:"我們的沙彌們為什麼看不到呢?"比丘們這樣說:"朋友,是六群比丘禁止了。"和尚們抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘未請示我們就禁止我們的沙彌們進入呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應未請示和尚就實施禁止。誰這樣做,犯惡作。 未請示禁止事結束。 誘離事 那時,六群比丘誘離長老比丘們的沙彌。長老們自己拿牙籤和漱口水都感到疲勞。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應誘離他人的隨從。誰誘離,犯惡作。 誘離事結束。

1. Kaṇṭakasāmaṇeravatthu

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa kaṇṭako nāma sāmaṇero kaṇṭakiṃ nāma bhikkhuniṃ dūsesi. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma sāmaṇero evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissatī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetuṃ. Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, majjapāyī hoti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, bhikkhunidūsako hoti – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetunti.

1. Paṇḍakavatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro paṇḍako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So dahare dahare bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – 『『etha, maṃ āyasmanto dūsethā』』ti. Bhikkhū apasādenti – 『『nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho』』ti. So bhikkhūhi apasādito mahante mahante moḷigalle sāmaṇere upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – 『『etha, maṃ āvuso dūsethā』』ti. Sāmaṇerā apasādenti – 『『nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho』』ti. So sāmaṇerehi apasādito hatthibhaṇḍe assabhaṇḍe upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – 『『etha, maṃ, āvuso , dūsethā』』ti. Hatthibhaṇḍā assabhaṇḍā dūsesuṃ. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『paṇḍakā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Yepi imesaṃ na paṇḍakā, tepi ime paṇḍake dūsenti. Evaṃ ime sabbeva abrahmacārino』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ hatthibhaṇḍānaṃ assabhaṇḍānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Paṇḍako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

3. Theyyasaṃvāsakavatthu

4. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sukhumālo hoti. Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi – 『『ahaṃ kho sukhumālo, na paṭibalo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. Kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena sukhañca jīveyyaṃ, na ca kilameyya』』nti? Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi – 『『ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvaseyya』』nti. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādeti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kativassosi tvaṃ, āvuso』』ti? Kiṃ etaṃ, āvuso, kativasso nāmāti? Ko pana te, āvuso, upajjhāyoti? Kiṃ etaṃ , āvuso, upajjhāyo nāmāti? Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṃ pabbajitaṃ anuyuñjāhī』』ti. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjiyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Theyyasaṃvāsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

5. Tiracchānagatavatthu

刺沙彌事 那時,尊者優波難陀釋迦子有一個名叫刺的沙彌,他玷污了一個名叫刺的比丘尼。比丘們抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼沙彌會做出這樣不當的行為呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,驅逐具有十種特質的沙彌。他殺生,他偷盜,他非梵行,他妄語,他飲酒,他誹謗佛,他誹謗法,他誹謗僧,他持邪見,他玷污比丘尼 - 比丘們,我允許驅逐具有這十種特質的沙彌。 黃門事 那時,有一個黃門在比丘中出家。他走近年輕的比丘們說:"來吧,尊者們,玷污我。"比丘們斥責他:"滾開,黃門,消失吧,黃門,誰需要你!"被比丘們斥責后,他走近高大強壯的沙彌們說:"來吧,朋友們,玷污我。"沙彌們斥責他:"滾開,黃門,消失吧,黃門,誰需要你!"被沙彌們斥責后,他走近象夫、馬伕們說:"來吧,朋友們,玷污我。"象夫、馬伕們玷污了他。他們抱怨、批評、指責說:"這些釋迦子沙門是黃門。那些不是黃門的,也玷污黃門。這樣他們全都不是梵行者。"比丘們聽到了那些像夫、馬伕們的抱怨、批評、指責。然後那些比丘把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,黃門未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。 偷法住事 那時,有一個衰落家族的兒子生性嬌貴。這個衰落家族的兒子想:"我生性嬌貴,無法獲得未獲得的財富,或增長已獲得的財富。我用什麼方法才能舒適地生活,又不勞累呢?"然後這個衰落家族的兒子想:"這些釋迦子沙門生活舒適,行為安逸,吃美味的食物,睡在避風的床上。我何不自己準備缽和衣,剃除鬚髮,穿上袈裟,去僧園與比丘們一起生活呢?"於是這個衰落家族的兒子自己準備了缽和衣,剃除鬚髮,穿上袈裟,去僧園向比丘們問候。比丘們這樣說:"朋友,你出家幾年了?"(他說:)"朋友,什麼叫出家幾年?"(比丘們說:)"朋友,誰是你的和尚?"(他說:)"朋友,什麼叫和尚?"比丘們對尊者優波離說:"朋友優波離,請你審問這個出家人。"然後這個衰落家族的兒子在被尊者優波離審問時說出了實情。尊者優波離把這件事告訴了比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,偷法住者未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。比丘們,轉投外道者未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。 畜生事

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro nāgo nāgayoniyā aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi – 『『kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyya』』nti. Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi – 『『ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ, khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyya』』nti. Atha kho so nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Tena kho pana samayena so nāgo aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ paccantime vihāre paṭivasati. Atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. Atha kho so nāgo tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkami. Sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā honti. Atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṃ pavisissāmīti kavāṭaṃ paṇāmento addasa sabbaṃ vihāraṃ ahinā puṇṇaṃ, vātapānehi bhoge nikkhante, disvāna bhīto vissaramakāsi. Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī』』ti? 『『Ayaṃ, āvuso, sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā』』ti. Atha kho so nāgo tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā sake āsane nisīdi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kosi tvaṃ, āvuso』』ti? 『『Ahaṃ, bhante, nāgo』』ti. 『『Kissa pana tvaṃ, āvuso, evarūpaṃ akāsī』』ti? Atha kho so nāgo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā taṃ nāgaṃ etadavoca – 『『tumhe khottha nāgā aviruḷhidhammā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye. Gaccha tvaṃ, nāga, tattheva cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa uposathaṃ upavasa, evaṃ tvaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimuccissasi, khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabhissasī』』ti. Atha kho so nāgo aviruḷhidhammo kirāhaṃ imasmiṃ dhammavinayeti dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno vissaraṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya. Yadā ca sajātiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, yadā ca vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkamati – ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya . Tiracchānagato, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo』』ti.

2. Mātughātakavatthu

3. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako mātaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati . Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi – 『『kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya』』nti? Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi – 『『ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya』』nti. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito. Iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhī』』ti. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… mātughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

4. Pitughātakavatthu

那時,有一條龍對龍的生存狀態感到厭倦、羞恥、厭惡。這條龍想:"我用什麼方法才能脫離龍的生存狀態,並迅速獲得人身呢?"然後這條龍想:"這些釋迦子沙門是如法行者、正直行者、梵行者、誠實者、有戒行者、具善法者。如果我在釋迦子沙門中出家,我就能脫離龍的生存狀態,並迅速獲得人身。"於是這條龍化作年輕男子的樣子,走近比丘們請求出家。比丘們讓他出家,併爲他授具足戒。那時,這條龍與一位比丘一起住在邊遠的精舍里。這位比丘在後夜起身,在露天經行。這時,這條龍在那位比丘離開后,放鬆地睡著了。整個精舍都充滿了蛇,蛇身從窗戶伸出來。然後那位比丘想要進入精舍,推開門時看到整個精舍都充滿了蛇,蛇身從窗戶伸出來,看到后害怕地大叫起來。比丘們跑來對那位比丘說:"朋友,你為什麼大叫?"(他說:)"朋友們,這整個精舍都充滿了蛇,蛇身從窗戶伸出來。"這時,那條龍被這聲音驚醒,坐在自己的座位上。比丘們這樣說:"朋友,你是誰?"(他說:)"尊者們,我是龍。""朋友,你為什麼做這樣的事?"然後那條龍把事情的經過告訴了比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴了世尊。這時,世尊以此因緣、以此場合召集比丘僧團,對那條龍說:"你們龍在這法律中是不能成長的。龍啊,你回去吧,在那裡每月十四日、十五日、初八日守布薩,這樣你就能脫離龍的生存狀態,並迅速獲得人身。"這時,那條龍(想):"我在這法律中是不能成長的。"悲傷、沮喪、流淚,大叫一聲就離開了。這時,世尊對比丘們說:"比丘們,有兩種原因會使龍顯露本相。當與同類交媾時,以及當放鬆睡著時 - 比丘們,這是兩種使龍顯露本相的原因。比丘們,畜生未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。" 殺母事 那時,有一個年輕男子殺死了自己的母親。他因這惡業而感到厭倦、羞恥、厭惡。這個年輕男子想:"我用什麼方法才能擺脫這惡業呢?"然後這個年輕男子想:"這些釋迦子沙門是如法行者、正直行者、梵行者、誠實者、有戒行者、具善法者。如果我在釋迦子沙門中出家,我就能擺脫這惡業。"於是這個年輕男子走近比丘們請求出家。比丘們對尊者優波離說:"朋友優波離,以前有一條龍化作年輕男子的樣子在比丘中出家。朋友優波離,請你審問這個年輕男子。"然後這個年輕男子在被尊者優波離審問時說出了實情。尊者優波離把這件事告訴了比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴了世尊。(中略)殺母者未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。 殺父事

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako pitaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi 『『kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya』』nti. Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi 『『ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya』』nti. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito, iṅghāvuso, upāli, imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhī』』ti. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Pitughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

2. Arahantaghātakavatthu

3. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekacce bhikkhū acchindiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū haniṃsu. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṃ, ekacce corā palāyiṃsu. Ye te palāyiṃsu te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu, ye te gahitā te vadhāya oniyyanti . Addasaṃsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṃsu – 『『sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā, sacā ca [sace ca, sacajja (aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pāṭhantarā)] mayaṃ gayheyyāma [gaṇheyyāma (ka.)], mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā』』ti . Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā』』ti? Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Arahanto ete, bhikkhave, bhikkhū. Arahantaghātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

4. Bhikkhunīdūsakavatthu

5. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekaccā bhikkhuniyo acchindiṃsu, ekaccā bhikkhuniyo dūsesuṃ. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṃ, ekacce corā palāyiṃsu. Ye te palāyiṃsu, te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu. Ye te gahitā, te vadhāya oniyyanti. Addasaṃsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṃsu 『『sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṃ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā』』ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu 『『kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā』』ti. Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhunidūsako, bhikkhave , anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Saṅghabhedako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Lohituppādako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

6. Ubhatobyañjanakavatthu

7. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ubhatobyañjanako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So karotipi kārāpetipi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ubhatobyañjanako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

8. Anupajjhāyakādivatthūni

那時,有一個年輕男子殺死了自己的父親。他因這惡業而感到厭倦、羞恥、厭惡。這個年輕男子想:"我用什麼方法才能擺脫這惡業呢?"然後這個年輕男子想:"這些釋迦子沙門是如法行者、正直行者、梵行者、誠實者、有戒行者、具善法者。如果我在釋迦子沙門中出家,我就能擺脫這惡業。"於是這個年輕男子走近比丘們請求出家。比丘們對尊者優波離說:"朋友優波離,以前有一條龍化作年輕男子的樣子在比丘中出家。朋友優波離,請你審問這個年輕男子。"然後這個年輕男子在被尊者優波離審問時說出了實情。尊者優波離把這件事告訴了比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴了世尊。殺父者未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。 殺阿羅漢事 那時,許多比丘從娑雞多(現今阿約提亞)前往舍衛城(現今薩赫特-馬赫特)的途中。中途有盜賊出現,搶劫了一些比丘,殺害了一些比丘。舍衛城的王兵出動,抓住了一些盜賊,一些盜賊逃跑了。那些逃跑的人在比丘中出家,那些被抓的人被押送去處決。那些逃跑后出家的人看到那些盜賊被押送去處決,看到后這樣說:"我們逃跑真是太好了,如果我們被抓住,我們也會像這樣被殺。"比丘們這樣說:"朋友們,你們做了什麼?"然後那些出家的人把事情的經過告訴了比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,這些比丘是阿羅漢。殺阿羅漢者未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。 玷污比丘尼事 那時,許多比丘尼從娑雞多前往舍衛城的途中。中途有盜賊出現,搶劫了一些比丘尼,玷污了一些比丘尼。舍衛城的王兵出動,抓住了一些盜賊,一些盜賊逃跑了。那些逃跑的人在比丘中出家。那些被抓的人被押送去處決。那些逃跑后出家的人看到那些盜賊被押送去處決,看到后這樣說:"我們逃跑真是太好了,如果我們被抓住,我們也會像這樣被殺。"比丘們這樣說:"朋友們,你們做了什麼?"然後那些出家的人把事情的經過告訴了比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴了世尊。玷污比丘尼者未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。破僧者未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。出佛身血者未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。 兩性人事 那時,有一個兩性人在比丘中出家。他既做又令人做。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。兩性人未受具足戒不應讓他受具足戒,已受具足戒的應驅逐。 無和尚等事

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakaṃ upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, anupajjhāyako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādenti bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… na, bhikkhave, pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… na, bhikkhave, saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

1. Apattakādivatthu

2. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattakaṃ upasampādenti. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, apattako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acīvarakaṃ upasampādenti . Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, acīvarako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattacīvarakaṃ upasampādenti. Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, apattacīvarako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattena upasampādenti. Upasampanne pattaṃ paṭiharanti. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena cīvarena upasampādenti. Upasampanne cīvaraṃ paṭiharanti. Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena cīvarena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādenti. Upasampanne pattacīvaraṃ paṭiharanti. Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Naupasampādetabbekavīsativāro niṭṭhito.

1. Napabbājetabbadvattiṃsavāro

那時,比丘們讓無和尚者受具足戒。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓無和尚者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 那時,比丘們讓以僧團為和尚者受具足戒。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓以僧團為和尚者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 那時,比丘們讓以僧眾為和尚者受具足戒。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓以僧眾為和尚者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 那時,比丘們讓以黃門為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以偷法住者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以轉投外道者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以畜生為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以殺母者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以殺父者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以殺阿羅漢者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以玷污比丘尼者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以破僧者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以出佛身血者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...讓以兩性人為和尚者受具足戒。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓以黃門為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以偷法住者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以轉投外道者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以畜生為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以殺母者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以殺父者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以殺阿羅漢者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以玷污比丘尼者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以破僧者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以出佛身血者為和尚者受具足戒...(中略)...不應讓以兩性人為和尚者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 無缽等事 那時,比丘們讓無缽者受具足戒。他們用手托著乞食。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"就像外道一樣。"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓無缽者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 那時,比丘們讓無衣者受具足戒。他們裸體乞食。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"就像外道一樣。"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓無衣者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 那時,比丘們讓無缽無衣者受具足戒。他們裸體用手托著乞食。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"就像外道一樣。"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓無缽無衣者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 那時,比丘們讓借用缽者受具足戒。受具足戒后,他們把缽拿回去。他們用手托著乞食。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"就像外道一樣。"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓借用缽者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 那時,比丘們讓借用衣者受具足戒。受具足戒后,他們把衣拿回去。他們裸體乞食。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"就像外道一樣。"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓借用衣者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 那時,比丘們讓借用缽衣者受具足戒。受具足戒后,他們把缽衣拿回去。他們裸體用手托著乞食。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"就像外道一樣。"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應讓借用缽衣者受具足戒。誰讓他受具足戒,犯惡作。 不應讓受具足戒的二十一種人結束。 不應讓出家的三十二種人

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… pādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… hatthapādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇṇacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… nāsacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇṇanāsacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… aṅgulicchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… aḷacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇḍaracchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… phaṇahatthakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… khujjaṃ pabbājenti…pe… vāmanaṃ pabbājenti…pe… galagaṇḍiṃ pabbājenti…pe… lakkhaṇāhataṃ pabbājenti…pe… kasāhataṃ pabbājenti…pe… likhitakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… sīpadiṃ pabbājenti…pe… pāparogiṃ pabbājenti…pe… parisadūsakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kāṇaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kuṇiṃ pabbājenti…pe… khañjaṃ pabbājenti…pe… pakkhahataṃ pabbājenti…pe… chinniriyāpathaṃ pabbājenti…pe… jarādubbalaṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhaṃ pabbājenti…pe… mūgaṃ pabbājenti…pe… badhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhamūgaṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhabadhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… mūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhamūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, hatthacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pādacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, hatthapādacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, nāsacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇanāsacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, aṅgulicchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, aḷacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇḍaracchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, phaṇahatthako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, khujjo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, vāmano pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, galagaṇḍī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kasāhato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, likhitako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, sīpadī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pāparogī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, parisadūsako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kāṇo pabbājetabbo…pe… na , bhikkhave, kuṇī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, khañjo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pakkhahato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, chinniriyāpatho pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, jarādubbalo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andho pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mūgo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, badhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhamūgo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhabadhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhamūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Napabbājetabbadvattiṃsavāro niṭṭhito.

Dāyajjabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito navamo.

1. Alajjīnissayavatthūni

2. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissayaṃ denti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo. Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissāya vasanti. Tepi nacirasseva alajjino honti pāpakābhikkhū. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabbaṃ. Yo vaseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『bhagavatā paññattaṃ 『na alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo, na alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabba』nti. Kathaṃ nu kho mayaṃ jāneyyāma lajjiṃ vā alajjiṃ vā』』ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhapañcāhaṃ āgametuṃ yāva bhikkhusabhāgataṃ jānāmīti.

1. Gamikādinissayavatthūni

那時,比丘們讓斷手者出家...(中略)...讓斷腳者出家...(中略)...讓斷手腳者出家...(中略)...讓斷耳者出家...(中略)...讓斷鼻者出家...(中略)...讓斷耳鼻者出家...(中略)...讓斷指者出家...(中略)...讓斷拇指者出家...(中略)...讓斷筋者出家...(中略)...讓手如蛇頭者出家...(中略)...讓駝背者出家...(中略)...讓侏儒者出家...(中略)...讓癭瘤者出家...(中略)...讓烙印者出家...(中略)...讓鞭打者出家...(中略)...讓刺字者出家...(中略)...讓象皮病者出家...(中略)...讓重病者出家...(中略)...讓污眾者出家...(中略)...讓獨眼者出家...(中略)...讓手臂畸形者出家...(中略)...讓跛足者出家...(中略)...讓半身不遂者出家...(中略)...讓行動不便者出家...(中略)...讓老弱者出家...(中略)...讓盲人出家...(中略)...讓啞巴出家...(中略)...讓聾子出家...(中略)...讓盲啞者出家...(中略)...讓盲聾者出家...(中略)...讓啞聾者出家...(中略)...讓盲啞聾者出家。他們把這件事告訴了世尊...(中略)...比丘們,不應讓斷手者出家...(中略)...不應讓斷腳者出家...(中略)...不應讓斷手腳者出家...(中略)...不應讓斷耳者出家...(中略)...不應讓斷鼻者出家...(中略)...不應讓斷耳鼻者出家...(中略)...不應讓斷指者出家...(中略)...不應讓斷拇指者出家...(中略)...不應讓斷筋者出家...(中略)...不應讓手如蛇頭者出家...(中略)...不應讓駝背者出家...(中略)...不應讓侏儒者出家...(中略)...不應讓癭瘤者出家...(中略)...不應讓烙印者出家...(中略)...不應讓鞭打者出家...(中略)...不應讓刺字者出家...(中略)...不應讓象皮病者出家...(中略)...不應讓重病者出家...(中略)...不應讓污眾者出家...(中略)...不應讓獨眼者出家...(中略)...不應讓手臂畸形者出家...(中略)...不應讓跛足者出家...(中略)...不應讓半身不遂者出家...(中略)...不應讓行動不便者出家...(中略)...不應讓老弱者出家...(中略)...不應讓盲人出家...(中略)...不應讓啞巴出家...(中略)...不應讓聾子出家...(中略)...不應讓盲啞者出家...(中略)...不應讓盲聾者出家...(中略)...不應讓啞聾者出家...(中略)...不應讓盲啞聾者出家。誰讓他出家,犯惡作。 不應讓出家的三十二種人結束。 遺產品第九結束。 無慚愧依止事 那時,六群比丘給無慚愧者依止。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應給無慚愧者依止。誰給依止,犯惡作。 那時,比丘們依止無慚愧者而住。他們不久也變成無慚愧的惡比丘。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,不應依止無慚愧者而住。誰依止而住,犯惡作。 這時,比丘們想:"世尊制定'不應給無慚愧者依止,不應依止無慚愧者而住'。我們如何知道是有慚愧者還是無慚愧者呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,等待四五天,直到了解他是否與比丘相似。 行者等依止事

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – 『『bhagavatā paññattaṃ 『na anissitena vatthabba』nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo addhānamaggappaṭipanno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba』』nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānamaggappaṭipannena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthunti.

Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te aññataraṃ āvāsaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tattha eko bhikkhu gilāno hoti. Atha kho tassa gilānassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – 『『bhagavatā paññattaṃ 『na anissitena vatthabba』nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo gilāno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba』』nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthunti.

Atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – 『『bhagavatā paññattaṃ 『na anissitena vatthabba』nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo, ayañca bhikkhu gilāno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba』』nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena yāciyamānena anissitena vatthunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati. Tassa ca tasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – 『『bhagavatā paññattaṃ 『na anissitena vatthabba』nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo araññe viharāmi, mayhañca imasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba』』nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āraññikena bhikkhunā phāsuvihāraṃ sallakkhentena nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthuṃ – yadā patirūpo nissayadāyako āgacchissati, tadā tassa nissāya vasissāmīti.

1. Gottena anussāvanānujānanā

2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa upasampadāpekkho hoti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato ānandassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – āgacchatu ānando imaṃ anussāvessatūti [anussāvessatīti (syā.)]. Āyasmā ānando evamāha – 『『nāhaṃ ussahāmi therassa nāmaṃ gahetuṃ, garu me thero』』ti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gottenapi anussāvetunti.

3. Dveupasampadāpekkhādivatthu

4. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa dve upasampadāpekkhā honti. Te vivadanti – ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve ekānussāvane kātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ upasampadāpekkhā honti. Te vivadanti – ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. Therā evamāhaṃsu – 『『handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, sabbeva ekānussāvane karomā』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve tayo ekānussāvane kātuṃ, tañca kho ekena upajjhāyena, na tveva nānupajjhāyenāti.

1. Gabbhavīsūpasampadānujānanā

2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kumārakassapo gabbhavīso upasampanno ahosi. Atha kho āyasmato kumārakassapassa etadahosi – 『『bhagavatā paññattaṃ 『na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo』ti. Ahañcamhi gabbhavīso upasampanno. Upasampanno nu khomhi, nanu kho upasampanno』』ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mātukucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ, paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtaṃ , tadupādāya sāvassa jāti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gabbhavīsaṃ upasampādetunti.

3. Upasampadāvidhi

那時,有一位比丘在憍薩羅國行走在路上。這位比丘想:"世尊制定'不應無依止而住'。我需要依止,正在路上行走,我應該如何做呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,在路上行走的比丘如果得不到依止,可以無依止而住。 那時,有兩位比丘在憍薩羅國行走在路上。他們來到一個住處。其中一位比丘生病了。那位生病的比丘想:"世尊制定'不應無依止而住'。我需要依止,又生病了,我應該如何做呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,生病的比丘如果得不到依止,可以無依止而住。 這時,那位照顧病人的比丘想:"世尊制定'不應無依止而住'。我需要依止,這位比丘又生病了,我應該如何做呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,照顧病人的比丘如果得不到依止,在被要求的情況下可以無依止而住。 那時,有一位比丘住在林野。他在那個住處感到舒適。這位比丘想:"世尊制定'不應無依止而住'。我需要依止,又住在林野,我在這個住處感到舒適,我應該如何做呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,住在林野的比丘考慮到舒適,如果得不到依止,可以無依止而住 - 想著:"當合適的依止師來時,我就依止他而住。" 允許以姓氏宣說 那時,尊者大迦葉有一位想要受具足戒的人。尊者大迦葉派使者到尊者阿難那裡說:"請阿難來為這人宣說。"尊者阿難這樣說:"我不敢稱呼長老的名字,長老對我來說很尊貴。"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,以姓氏宣說。 兩位想要受具足戒者等事 那時,尊者大迦葉有兩位想要受具足戒的人。他們爭論說:"我要先受具足戒,我要先受具足戒。"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,在一次宣說中為兩人授戒。 那時,許多長老有想要受具足戒的人。他們爭論說:"我要先受具足戒,我要先受具足戒。"長老們這樣說:"來吧,朋友們,我們在一次宣說中為所有人授戒。"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,在一次宣說中為兩三人授戒,但必須是同一位和尚,不能是不同的和尚。 允許胎齡二十歲受具足戒 那時,尊者童子迦葉胎齡二十歲時受了具足戒。尊者童子迦葉想:"世尊制定'不滿二十歲的人不應受具足戒'。我是胎齡二十歲時受的具足戒。我是否已經受了具足戒,還是沒有受具足戒呢?"他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,從母胎中第一個心生起、第一個識出現時算起,那就是他的出生。我允許,比丘們,讓胎齡二十歲的人受具足戒。 受具足戒的方法

1. Tena kho pana samayena upasampannā dissanti kuṭṭhikāpi gaṇḍikāpi kilāsikāpi sosikāpi apamārikāpi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena terasa [tassa (ka.)] antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pucchitabbo – 『『santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Manussosi ? Purisosi? Bhujissosi? Aṇaṇosi? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ? Kiṃnāmosi? Konāmo te upajjhāyo』』ti?

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ananusiṭṭhe upasampadāpekkhe antarāyike dhamme pucchanti. Upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anusāsitvā pacchā antarāyike dhamme pucchitunti.

Tattheva saṅghamajjhe anusāsanti. Upasampadāpekkhā tatheva vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekamantaṃ anusāsitvā saṅghamajjhe antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, anusāsitabbo –

那時,有些已受具足戒的人被發現患有麻風病、癰病、白癩病、肺病、癲癇病。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,為他授具足戒時詢問十三種障礙法。比丘們,應這樣詢問:"你有這樣的疾病嗎 - 麻風病、癰病、白癩病、肺病、癲癇病?你是人嗎?你是男人嗎?你是自由人嗎?你沒有債務嗎?你不是國王的士兵嗎?你得到父母的允許了嗎?你滿二十歲了嗎?你的缽和衣具足了嗎?你叫什麼名字?你的和尚叫什麼名字?" 那時,比丘們在沒有事先教導想要受具足戒的人的情況下詢問障礙法。想要受具足戒的人感到困惑、羞愧,無法回答。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,先教導,然後再詢問障礙法。 他們就在僧團中間教導。想要受具足戒的人仍然感到困惑、羞愧,無法回答。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,先在一旁教導,然後在僧團中間詢問障礙法。比丘們,應這樣教導:

1. Paṭhamaṃ upajjhaṃ gāhāpetabbo. Upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā pattacīvaraṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ – ayaṃ te patto, ayaṃ saṅghāṭi, ayaṃ uttarāsaṅgo, ayaṃ antaravāsako. Gaccha, amumhi okāse tiṭṭhāhīti.

Bālā abyattā anusāsanti. Duranusiṭṭhā upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena anusāsitabbo. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena anusāsitunti.

Asammatā anusāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, asammatena anusāsitabbo. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, sammatena anusāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo [sammanitabbo (ka.)] – attanā vā [attanāva (syā.)] attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo.

Kathañca attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo – 『『suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ anusāseyya』』nti. Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ.

Kathañca pana parena paro sammannitabbo? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo – 『『suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ anusāseyyā』』ti . Evaṃ parena paro sammannitabbo.

Tena sammatena bhikkhunā upasampadāpekkho upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – 『『suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. Yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ saṅghamajjhe pucchante santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ natthī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Mā kho vitthāyi, mā kho maṅku ahosi. Evaṃ taṃ pucchissanti – 『『santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Manussosi? Purisosi? Bhujissosi? Aṇaṇosi? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ? Kiṃnāmosi? Konāmo te upajjhāyo』』ti?

Ekato āgacchanti. Na, bhikkhave, ekato āgantabbaṃ. Anusāsakena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā saṅgho ñāpetabbo – 『『suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho . Anusiṭṭho so mayā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo āgaccheyyā』』ti. Āgacchāhīti vattabbo.

Ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā upasampadaṃ yācāpetabbo – 『『saṅghaṃ, bhante, upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāya. Dutiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāya. Tatiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ , bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā』』ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ antarāyike dhamme puccheyya』』nti? Suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. Yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ pucchāmi. Santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ natthīti vattabbaṃ. Santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kileso soso apamāro, manussosi, purisosi, bhujissosi, aṇaṇosi, nasi rājabhaṭo, anuññātosi mātāpitūhi, paripuṇṇavīsativassosi, paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ, kiṃnāmosi, konāmo te upajjhāyoti? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

首先應讓他請和尚。請了和尚后,應指示缽和衣:"這是你的缽,這是你的大衣,這是你的上衣,這是你的內衣。去,站在那個地方。" 愚笨無能的人教導。教導不當的想要受具足戒的人感到困惑、羞愧,無法回答。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,愚笨無能的人不應教導。誰教導,犯惡作。我允許,比丘們,由有能力的比丘教導。 未經認可的人教導。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。比丘們,未經認可的人不應教導。誰教導,犯惡作。我允許,比丘們,由經認可的人教導。比丘們,應這樣認可:自己認可自己,或由他人認可他人。 如何自己認可自己?有能力的比丘應告知僧團:"大德們,請僧團聽我說。某某是某某尊者的想要受具足戒的人。如果僧團認為適當,我將教導某某。"這樣自己認可自己。 如何由他人認可他人?有能力的比丘應告知僧團:"大德們,請僧團聽我說。某某是某某尊者的想要受具足戒的人。如果僧團認為適當,某某將教導某某。"這樣由他人認可他人。 那位經認可的比丘應走近想要受具足戒的人,這樣對他說:"聽著,某某,這是你說實話的時候,說真相的時候。在僧團中間被問到時,如果有就說有,如果沒有就說沒有。不要困惑,不要羞愧。他們會這樣問你:'你有這樣的疾病嗎 - 麻風病、癰病、白癩病、肺病、癲癇病?你是人嗎?你是男人嗎?你是自由人嗎?你沒有債務嗎?你不是國王的士兵嗎?你得到父母的允許了嗎?你滿二十歲了嗎?你的缽和衣具足了嗎?你叫什麼名字?你的和尚叫什麼名字?'" 他們一起來。比丘們,不應一起來。教導者應先來告知僧團:"大德們,請僧團聽我說。某某是某某尊者的想要受具足戒的人。我已教導他。如果僧團認為適當,某某可以來。"應該說"來吧"。 讓他偏袒右肩,禮拜比丘們的腳,蹲踞,合掌,請求受具足戒:"大德們,我請求僧團授我具足戒。大德們,請僧團出於憐憫提攜我。大德們,我第二次請求僧團授我具足戒。大德們,請僧團出於憐憫提攜我。大德們,我第三次請求僧團授我具足戒。大德們,請僧團出於憐憫提攜我。"有能力的比丘應告知僧團: "大德們,請僧團聽我說。這位某某是某某尊者的想要受具足戒的人。如果僧團認為適當,我將詢問某某障礙法。"聽著,某某,這是你說實話的時候,說真相的時候。我問你已發生的事。如果有就說有,如果沒有就說沒有。你有這樣的疾病嗎 - 麻風病、癰病、白癩病、肺病、癲癇病?你是人嗎?你是男人嗎?你是自由人嗎?你沒有債務嗎?你不是國王的士兵嗎?你得到父母的允許了嗎?你滿二十歲了嗎?你的缽和衣具足了嗎?你叫什麼名字?你的和尚叫什麼名字?有能力的比丘應告知僧團:

1. 『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena . Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti.

Upasampadākammaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

1. Cattāro nissayā

2. Tāvadeva chāyā metabbā, utuppamāṇaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ, divasabhāgo ācikkhitabbo, saṅgīti ācikkhitabbā , cattāro nissayā ācikkhitabbā [ācikkhitabbā, cattāri akaraṇīyāni ācikkhitabbāni. (ka.)] –

『『Piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ.

『『Paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ.

『『Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā.

『『Pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇita』』nti.

Cattāro nissayā niṭṭhitā.

1. Cattāri akaraṇīyāni

"大德們,請僧團聽我說。這位某某是某某尊者的想要受具足戒的人,他已清凈無障礙法,他的缽和衣具足。某某請求僧團授他具足戒,某某為他的和尚。如果僧團認為適當,僧團應授某某具足戒,某某為他的和尚。這是動議。 大德們,請僧團聽我說。這位某某是某某尊者的想要受具足戒的人,他已清凈無障礙法,他的缽和衣具足。某某請求僧團授他具足戒,某某為他的和尚。僧團正在授某某具足戒,某某為他的和尚。哪位尊者同意授某某具足戒,某某為他的和尚,請保持沉默;哪位不同意,請說出來。 我再說一遍 - 大德們,請僧團聽我說。這位某某是某某尊者的想要受具足戒的人,他已清凈無障礙法,他的缽和衣具足。某某請求僧團授他具足戒,某某為他的和尚。僧團正在授某某具足戒,某某為他的和尚。哪位尊者同意授某某具足戒,某某為他的和尚,請保持沉默;哪位不同意,請說出來。 我第三次說 - 大德們,請僧團聽我說。這位某某是某某尊者的想要受具足戒的人,他已清凈無障礙法,他的缽和衣具足。某某請求僧團授他具足戒,某某為他的和尚。僧團正在授某某具足戒,某某為他的和尚。哪位尊者同意授某某具足戒,某某為他的和尚,請保持沉默;哪位不同意,請說出來。 僧團已授某某具足戒,某某為他的和尚。僧團同意,因此保持沉默。我如此記住這件事。" 授具足戒羯磨結束。 四依 立即應測量影子,應告知季節,應告知一天的部分,應告知誦集,應告知四依: "出家依託團食。你應終生努力於此。額外所得 - 僧團食、指定食、邀請食、抽籤食、半月食、布薩日食、月初食。 出家依託糞掃衣。你應終生努力於此。額外所得 - 亞麻衣、棉衣、絲衣、羊毛衣、麻布衣、粗布衣。 出家依託樹下住處。你應終生努力於此。額外所得 - 精舍、半屋頂房、多層建築、平頂房、洞穴。 出家依託陳棄藥。你應終生努力於此。額外所得 - 酥油、生酥、油、蜂蜜、糖蜜。" 四依結束。 四不可作

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ upasampādetvā ekakaṃ ohāya pakkamiṃsu. So pacchā ekakova āgacchanto antarāmagge purāṇadutiyikāya samāgañchi. Sā evamāha – 『『kiṃdāni pabbajitosī』』ti? 『『Āma, pabbajitomhī』』ti. 『『Dullabho kho pabbajitānaṃ methuno dhammo; ehi, methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā』』ti. So tassā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā cirena agamāsi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, evaṃ ciraṃ akāsī』』ti? Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādetvā dutiyaṃ dātuṃ, cattāri ca akaraṇīyāni ācikkhituṃ –

『『Upasampannena bhikkhunā methuno dhammo na paṭisevitabbo, antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi. Yo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanena jīvituṃ, evameva bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.

『『Upasampannena bhikkhunā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ na ādātabbaṃ, antamaso tiṇasalākaṃ upādāya. Yo bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pamutto abhabbo haritatthāya, evameva bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.

『『Upasampannena bhikkhunā sañcicca pāṇo jīvitā na voropetabbo, antamaso kunthakipillikaṃ upādāya. Yo bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeti, antamaso gabbhapātanaṃ upādāya, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti, evameva bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropetvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo . Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.

『『Upasampannena bhikkhunā uttarimanussadhammo na ullapitabbo, antamaso 『suññāgāre abhiramāmī』ti. Yo bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati jhānaṃ vā vimokkhaṃ vā samādhiṃ vā samāpattiṃ vā maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna viruḷhiyā, evameva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīya』』nti.

Cattāri akaraṇīyāni niṭṭhitāni.

1. Āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakavatthūni

那時,比丘們讓某位比丘受了具足戒后,單獨留下他就離開了。他後來獨自前來,在路上遇到了前妻。她說:"你現在出家了嗎?"他說:"是的,我出家了。"她說:"出家人很難得到性交;來吧,和我行淫。"他與她行淫后很晚才到達。比丘們說:"朋友,你為什麼這麼晚?"那位比丘就把這件事告訴了比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴了世尊。我允許,比丘們,授具足戒后給他一位同伴,並告知四不可作: "已受具足戒的比丘不應行淫,即使與雌性動物也不可以。若比丘行淫,他就不是沙門,不是釋迦子。就像一個被斬首的人不可能靠那身體繼續活命,同樣,比丘行淫后就不是沙門,不是釋迦子。這是你終生不可做的。 已受具足戒的比丘不應偷竊,即使一根草也不可以。若比丘偷取價值一錢或一錢以上的東西,他就不是沙門,不是釋迦子。就像枯葉脫離枝條后不可能再變綠,同樣,比丘偷取價值一錢或一錢以上的東西后就不是沙門,不是釋迦子。這是你終生不可做的。 已受具足戒的比丘不應故意奪取生命,即使是螞蟻也不可以。若比丘故意奪取人命,即使是墮胎,他就不是沙門,不是釋迦子。就像大石頭破成兩半后不可能再合在一起,同樣,比丘故意奪取人命后就不是沙門,不是釋迦子。這是你終生不可做的。 已受具足戒的比丘不應妄稱上人法,即使說'我喜歡空閑處'也不可以。若比丘懷著惡欲、被慾望驅使,妄稱不實的上人法,如禪那、解脫、定、等至、道或果,他就不是沙門,不是釋迦子。就像棕櫚樹被砍掉頂端后不可能再生長,同樣,比丘懷著惡欲、被慾望驅使,妄稱不實的上人法后就不是沙門,不是釋迦子。這是你終生不可做的。" 四不可作結束。 不見罪而被擯除事

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhami. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – 『『passissasi taṃ āpatti』』nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – 『『passissasi taṃ āpatti』』nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – 『『passissasi taṃ āpatti』』nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti , osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – 『『passasi [passāhi (sī.)] taṃ āpatti』』nti? Sace passati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce passati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – 『『paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti』』nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, pabbājetabbo . Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – 『『paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti』』nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – 『『paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti』』nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – 『『paṭikarohi taṃ āpatti』』nti. Sace paṭikaroti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭikaroti labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – 『『paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi』』nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – 『『paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi』』nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – 『『paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi』』nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – 『『paṭinissajjehi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi』』nti. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭinissajjati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāseti.

Mahākhandhako paṭhamo.

1. Tassuddānaṃ

那時,有一位比丘因不見罪而被擯除,還俗了。他後來又回來請求比丘們授他具足戒。他們把這件事告訴了世尊。 比丘們,這裡如果一位比丘因不見罪而被擯除,還俗了。他後來又回來請求比丘們授他具足戒。應該這樣對他說:"你會看到那個罪嗎?"如果他說"我會看到",就應讓他出家。如果他說"我不會看到",就不應讓他出家。讓他出家后應該說:"你會看到那個罪嗎?"如果他說"我會看到",就應授他具足戒。如果他說"我不會看到",就不應授他具足戒。授他具足戒后應該說:"你會看到那個罪嗎?"如果他說"我會看到",就應讓他重新加入。如果他說"我不會看到",就不應讓他重新加入。讓他重新加入后應該說:"你看到那個罪嗎?"如果他看到,這很好。如果他不看到,在能得到和合的情況下應再次擯除他。在不能得到和合的情況下,與他共食共住無罪。 比丘們,這裡如果一位比丘因不懺悔罪而被擯除,還俗了。他後來又回來請求比丘們授他具足戒。應該這樣對他說:"你會懺悔那個罪嗎?"如果他說"我會懺悔",就應讓他出家。如果他說"我不會懺悔",就不應讓他出家。讓他出家后應該說:"你會懺悔那個罪嗎?"如果他說"我會懺悔",就應授他具足戒。如果他說"我不會懺悔",就不應授他具足戒。授他具足戒后應該說:"你會懺悔那個罪嗎?"如果他說"我會懺悔",就應讓他重新加入。如果他說"我不會懺悔",就不應讓他重新加入。讓他重新加入后應該說:"懺悔那個罪吧。"如果他懺悔,這很好。如果他不懺悔,在能得到和合的情況下應再次擯除他。在不能得到和合的情況下,與他共食共住無罪。 比丘們,這裡如果一位比丘因不捨惡見而被擯除,還俗了。他後來又回來請求比丘們授他具足戒。應該這樣對他說:"你會捨棄那個惡見嗎?"如果他說"我會捨棄",就應讓他出家。如果他說"我不會捨棄",就不應讓他出家。讓他出家后應該說:"你會捨棄那個惡見嗎?"如果他說"我會捨棄",就應授他具足戒。如果他說"我不會捨棄",就不應授他具足戒。授他具足戒后應該說:"你會捨棄那個惡見嗎?"如果他說"我會捨棄",就應讓他重新加入。如果他說"我不會捨棄",就不應讓他重新加入。讓他重新加入后應該說:"捨棄那個惡見吧。"如果他捨棄,這很好。如果他不捨棄,在能得到和合的情況下應再次擯除他。在不能得到和合的情況下,與他共食共住無罪。 大品第一結束。 其摘要

131.

Vinayamhi mahatthesu, pesalānaṃ sukhāvahe;

Niggahānañca pāpicche, lajjīnaṃ paggahesu ca.

Sāsanādhāraṇe ceva, sabbaññujinagocare;

Anaññavisaye kheme, supaññatte asaṃsaye.

Khandhake vinaye ceva, parivāre ca mātike;

Yathātthakārī kusalo, paṭipajjati yoniso.

Yo gavaṃ na vijānāti, na so rakkhati gogaṇaṃ;

Evaṃ sīlaṃ ajānanto, kiṃ so rakkheyya saṃvaraṃ.

Pamuṭṭhamhi ca suttante, abhidhamme ca tāvade;

Vinaye avinaṭṭhamhi, puna tiṭṭhati sāsanaṃ.

Tasmā saṅgāhaṇāhetuṃ [saṅgāhanāhetuṃ (ka.)], uddānaṃ anupubbaso;

Pavakkhāmi yathāñāyaṃ, suṇātha mama bhāsato.

Vatthu nidānaṃ āpatti, nayā peyyālameva ca;

Dukkaraṃ taṃ asesetuṃ, nayato taṃ vijānathāti.

Bodhi rājāyatanañca, ajapālo sahampati;

Brahmā āḷāro udako, bhikkhu ca upako isi.

Koṇḍañño vappo bhaddiyo, mahānāmo ca assaji;

Yaso cattāro paññāsa, sabbe pesesi so disā.

Vatthu mārehi tiṃsā ca, uruvelaṃ tayo jaṭī;

Agyāgāraṃ mahārājā, sakko brahmā ca kevalā.

Paṃsukūlaṃ pokkharaṇī, silā ca kakudho silā;

Jambu ambo ca āmalo, pāripupphañca āhari.

Phāliyantu ujjalantu, vijjhāyantu ca kassapa;

Nimujjanti mukhī megho, gayā laṭṭhi ca māgadho.

Upatisso kolito ca, abhiññātā ca pabbajuṃ;

Dunnivatthā paṇāmanā, kiso lūkho ca brāhmaṇo.

Anācāraṃ ācarati, udaraṃ māṇavo gaṇo;

Vassaṃ bālehi pakkanto, dasa vassāni nissayo.

Na vattanti paṇāmetuṃ, bālā passaddhi pañca cha;

Yo so añño ca naggo ca, acchinnajaṭilasākiyo.

Magadhesu pañcābādhā, eko rājā [bhaṭo coro (syā.)] ca aṅguli;

Māgadho ca anuññāsi, kārā likhi kasāhato.

Lakkhaṇā iṇā dāso ca, bhaṇḍuko upāli ahi;

Saddhaṃ kulaṃ kaṇṭako ca, āhundarikameva ca.

Vatthumhi dārako sikkhā, viharanti ca kiṃ nu kho;

Sabbaṃ mukhaṃ upajjhāye, apalāḷana kaṇṭako.

Paṇḍako theyyapakkanto, ahi ca mātarī pitā;

Arahantabhikkhunībhedā, ruhirena ca byañjanaṃ.

Anupajjhāyasaṅghena, gaṇapaṇḍakapattako;

Acīvaraṃ tadubhayaṃ, yācitenapi ye tayo.

Hatthā pādā hatthapādā, kaṇṇā nāsā tadūbhayaṃ;

Aṅguliaḷakaṇḍaraṃ, phaṇaṃ khujjañca vāmanaṃ.

Galagaṇḍī lakkhaṇā ceva, kasā likhitasīpadī;

Pāpaparisadūsī ca, kāṇaṃ kuṇi tatheva ca.

Khañjaṃ pakkhahatañceva, sacchinnairiyāpathaṃ;

Jarāndhamūgabadhiraṃ, andhamūgañca yaṃ tahiṃ.

Andhabadhiraṃ yaṃ vuttaṃ, mūgabadhirameva ca;

Andhamūgabadhirañca, alajjīnañca nissayaṃ.

Vatthabbañca tathāddhānaṃ, yācamānena lakkhaṇā [pekkhanā (sabbattha)];

Āgacchatu vivadanti, ekupajjhāyena kassapo.

Dissanti upasampannā, ābādhehi ca pīḷitā;

Ananusiṭṭhā vitthenti, tattheva anusāsanā.

Saṅghepi ca atho bālā, asammatā ca ekato;

Ullumpatupasampadā, nissayo ekako tayoti.

Imamhi khandhake vatthūni ekasatañca dvāsattati.

在毗奈耶的重大事項中,為善良者帶來安樂; 制止惡欲者,扶持有慚愧者。 維護教法,遵循一切知者的教導; 在他人無法涉及的安穩領域,善巧制定無疑。 在犍度、毗奈耶、附隨和攝頌中; 善巧者如法而行,正確實踐。 不瞭解牛的人,無法照看牛群; 同樣不知戒律的人,如何能守護律儀? 即使經典和阿毗達摩失傳, 只要毗奈耶不失,教法就能重新確立。 因此爲了攝受,我將按順序 如理宣說摘要,請聽我所說。 事緣、因緣、罪過、方法和省略; 難以完全說盡,應從方法中理解。 菩提樹、王苑、阿阇波羅、娑婆主; 梵天、阿羅羅、郁陀迦、比丘和優波迦仙人。 憍陳如、跋波、跋提、摩訶男和阿說示; 耶舍和五十四人,他派遣他們到各方。 魔羅事緣和三十人,優樓頻螺三結髮者; 火室、大王、帝釋和梵天等。 糞掃衣、蓮池、石頭和樹神石頭; 閻浮樹、芒果樹、余甘子樹,帶來了花。 劈開、燃燒、熄滅,迦葉; 沉入、倒立、云、伽耶、杖和摩揭陀。 優波提舍和拘律陀,著名的出家; 衣著不整、驅逐、瘦弱、邋遢的婆羅門。 行為不端、肚子、學童、群眾; 與愚人一起度過雨安居,十年依止。 不履行義務、驅逐、愚人、平靜、五六; 那個其他人、裸體者、剃髮的外道和釋迦族人。 摩揭陀國的五種疾病、一個國王和手指; 摩揭陀王允許、監獄、刺青、鞭打。 相好、債務、奴隸、般荼迦、優波離、蛇; 信心、家庭、刺、污穢。 事緣中的男孩、學處、住、為什麼; 一切口頭、和尚、不撫摸、刺。 黃門、偷竊后離去、蛇、母親、父親; 破阿羅漢和比丘尼和合、出血和性器。 無和尚、僧團、群體、黃門、缽; 無衣、兩者都無、乞求的三種。 手、腳、手腳、耳、鼻、兩者; 手指、筋、平鼻、駝背和侏儒。 甲狀腺腫、相好、鞭打、刺青、白癩; 惡眾、污染、獨眼、駝背等。 跛腳、半身不遂、行為舉止受損; 老年、盲、啞、聾、盲啞在那裡。 所說的盲聾、啞聾; 盲啞聾、無慚愧者的依止。 應住和路途、請求、觀察; 來吧、爭論、一個和尚、迦葉。 看到已受具足戒者、受疾病折磨; 未經教導而困惑、在那裡教導。 在僧團中、愚人、未經認可和一起; 提攜受具足戒、依止和獨自三種。 在這一犍度中有一百七十二個事緣。

Mahākhandhako niṭṭhito.

大品結束。